Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to              .

Commission file number: 0-27428

 

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

DELAWARE   22-3412577

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 240-4500

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of class)

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x .

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No    ¨ .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨                 Accelerated filer   x                 Non-accelerated filer   ¨                 Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x .

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, i.e., persons other than the directors and executive officers of the registrant, was $200,100,366, based upon the closing price of such common equity as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of March 10, 2008 was 12,358,203.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2007, are incorporated by reference into Part II of this Form 10-K.

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

          PAGE
     PART I     

Item 1.

   Business    1

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors    30

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments    32

Item 2.

   Properties    32

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings    32

Item 4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    32
   PART II   

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    32

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data    34

Item 7.

   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   
      34

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    34

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    34

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    34

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures    34

Item 9B.

   Other Information    35
   PART III   

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    36

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation    36

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    36

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence    37

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    37
   PART IV   

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    37

Signatures

   39


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Company”) was organized by the Board of Directors of OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”) for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock of the Bank issued in connection with the Bank’s conversion from mutual to stock form, which was completed on July 2, 1996. At December 31, 2007, the Company had consolidated total assets of $1.9 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $124.3 million. The Company was incorporated under Delaware law and is a savings and loan holding company subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Currently, the Company does not transact any material business other than through its subsidiary, the Bank.

The Bank was originally founded as a state-chartered building and loan association in 1902, and converted to a federal savings and loan association in 1945. The Bank became a Federally-chartered mutual savings bank in 1989. The Bank’s principal business has been and continues to be attracting retail deposits from the general public in the communities surrounding its branch offices and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in single-family, owner-occupied residential mortgage loans. To a lesser extent, the Bank invests in other types of loans including commercial real estate, multi-family, construction, consumer and commercial loans. The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Government and agencies thereof, corporate securities and other investments permitted by applicable law and regulations. On August 18, 2000 the Bank acquired Columbia Home Loans, LLC (“Columbia”), a mortgage banking company based in Westchester County, New York. As a mortgage banking subsidiary of the Bank, Columbia originated, sold and serviced a full product line of residential mortgage loans. Columbia sold virtually all loan production into the secondary market, except that the Bank often purchased adjustable-rate and fixed-rate mortgage loans originated by Columbia for inclusion in its loan portfolio. In September 2007, the Bank discontinued all of the loan origination activity of Columbia. The Bank retained Columbia’s loan servicing portfolio. The Bank periodically sells part of its mortgage loan production in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. Presently, servicing rights are retained in connection with most loan sales. The Bank’s revenues are derived principally from interest on its loans, and to a lesser extent, interest on its investment and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank also receives income from fees and service charges on loan and deposit products, including reverse mortgage loans, and from the sale of trust and asset management services and alternative investment products, e.g., mutual funds, annuities and life insurance. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), proceeds from the sale of loans, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and other borrowings and to a lesser extent, investment maturities.

The Company’s website address is www.oceanfirst.com . The Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through its website, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company’s website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements which are based on certain assumptions and describes future plans, strategies and expectations of the Company. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the quality or composition of the loan or

 

1


Table of Contents

investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in the Company’s market area and accounting principles and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Market Area and Competition

The Bank is a community-oriented financial institution, offering a wide variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities it serves. The Bank conducts its business through an administrative and branch office located in Toms River, New Jersey, and nineteen additional branch offices. Sixteen of the twenty branch offices are located in Ocean County with three located in Monmouth County and one located in Middlesex County, New Jersey. The Bank’s deposit gathering base is concentrated in the communities surrounding its offices. While the Bank’s lending activities are concentrated in the sub markets served by its branch office network, lending activities extend throughout New Jersey. Lending activities are also supported by a loan production office in Kenilworth, New Jersey.

The Bank is the oldest and largest community-based financial institution headquartered in Ocean County, New Jersey, which is located along the central New Jersey shore. Ocean County is among the fastest growing population areas in New Jersey and has a significant number of retired residents who have traditionally provided the Bank with a stable source of deposit funds. The economy in the Bank’s primary market area is based upon a mixture of service and retail trade. Other employment is provided by a variety of wholesale trade, manufacturing, Federal, state and local government, hospitals and utilities. The area is also home to commuters working in New Jersey suburban areas around New York and Philadelphia.

The Bank faces significant competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. The State of New Jersey has a high density of financial institutions, many of which are branches of significantly larger institutions headquartered out-of-market which have greater financial resources than the Bank, all of which are competitors of the Bank to varying degrees. The Bank’s competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and insurance companies. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions although the Bank also faces increasing competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, other corporate and government securities funds, Internet-only providers and from other financial service institutions such as brokerage firms and insurance companies.

Lending Activities

Loan Portfolio Composition . The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of conventional first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had total loans outstanding of $1.690 billion, of which $1.085 billion or 64.2% of total loans were one-to-four family, residential mortgage loans. The remainder of the portfolio consisted of $326.7 million of commercial real estate, multi-family and land loans, or 19.3% of total loans; $10.8 million of real estate construction loans, or 0.7% of total loans; $213.3 million of consumer loans, primarily home equity loans and lines of credit, or 12.6% of total loans; and $54.3 million of commercial loans, or 3.2% of total loans. Included in total loans are $6.1 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2007. At that same date, 54.7% of the Bank’s total loans had adjustable interest rates.

 

2


Table of Contents

The types of loans that the Bank may originate are subject to Federal and state law and regulations. Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected by the demand for such loans and the supply of money available for lending purposes and the rates offered by competitors. These factors are, in turn, affected by, among other things, economic conditions, monetary policies of the Federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, and legislative tax policies.

The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    Amount     Percent
of Total
    Amount     Percent
of Total
    Amount     Percent
of Total
    Amount     Percent
of Total
    Amount     Percent
of Total
 
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          

Real estate:

                   

One-to-four family

  $ 1,084,687     64.20 %   $ 1,231,716     68.77 %   $ 1,187,226     69.83 %   $ 1,126,585     72.70 %   $ 1,081,901     75.50 %

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

    326,707     19.33       306,288     17.10       281,585     16.56       243,299     15.70       205,066     14.31  

Construction

    10,816     .64       13,475     .75       22,739     1.34       19,189     1.23       11,274     .79  

Consumer (1)

    213,282     12.62       190,029     10.61       146,911     8.64       99,279     6.41       81,455     5.68  

Commercial

    54,279     3.21       49,693     2.77       61,637     3.63       61,290     3.96       53,231     3.72  
                                                                     

Total loans

    1,689,771     100.00 %     1,791,201     100.00 %     1,700,098     100.00 %     1,549,642     100.00 %     1,432,927     100.00 %
                                       

Loans in process

    (2,452 )       (2,318 )       (7,646 )       (5,970 )       (3,829 )  

Deferred origination costs, net

    5,140         5,723         4,596         3,888         4,136    

Unamortized discount, net

    —           —           —           (4 )       (5 )  

Allowance for loan losses

    (10,468 )       (10,238 )       (10,460 )       (10,688 )       (10,802 )  
                                                 

Total loans, net

    1,681,991         1,784,368         1,686,588         1,536,868         1,422,427    

Less:

                   

Mortgage loans held for sale

    6,072         82,943         32,044         63,961         33,207    
                                                 

Loans receivable, net

  $ 1,675,919       $ 1,701,425       $ 1,654,544       $ 1,472,907       $ 1,389,220    
                                                 

Total loans:

                   

Adjustable rate

  $ 924,117     54.69 %   $ 885,342     49.43 %   $ 975,672     57.39 %   $ 849,034     54.79 %   $ 670,398     46.79 %

Fixed rate

    765,654     45.31       905,859     50.57       724,426     42.61       700,608     45.21       762,529     53.21  
                                                                     
  $ 1,689,771     100.00 %   $ 1,791,201     100.00 %   $ 1,700,098     100.00 %   $ 1,549,642     100.00 %   $ 1,432,927     100.00 %
                                                                     

 

(1) Consists primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit, and to a lesser extent, loans on savings accounts and automobile loans.

 

3


Table of Contents

Loan Maturity . The following table shows the contractual maturity of the Bank’s total loans at December 31, 2007. The table does not include principal repayments. Principal repayments, including prepayments on total loans was $561.6 million, $563.7 million, and $444.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

     At December 31, 2007  
     One-to-
Four Family
   Commercial
real estate,
multi-

family
and land
   Construction    Consumer    Commercial    Total
Loans
Receivable
 
               (In thousands)                 

One year or less

   $ 8,796    $ 66,669    $ 10,816    $ 958    $ 28,262    $ 115,501  
                                           

After one year:

                 

More than one year to three years

     1,365      70,078      —        2,203      9,670      83,316  

More than three years to five years

     7,449      50,993      —        6,560      6,063      71,065  

More than five years to ten years

     86,613      89,620      —        29,215      6,784      212,232  

More than ten years to twenty years

     179,187      39,870      —        174,346      3,500      396,903  

More than twenty years

     801,277      9,477      —        —        —        810,754  
                                           

Total due after December 31, 2008

     1,075,891      260,038      —        212,324      26,017      1,574,270  
                                           

Total amount due

   $ 1,084,687    $ 326,707    $ 10,816    $ 213,282    $ 54,279      1,689,771  
                                     

Loans in process

                    (2,452 )

Deferred origination costs, net

                    5,140  

Allowance for loan losses

                    (10,468 )
                       

Total loans, net

                    1,681,991  

Less: Mortgage loans held for sale

                    6,072  
                       

Loans receivable, net

                  $ 1,675,919  
                       

 

4


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth at December 31, 2007, the dollar amount of total loans receivable contractually due after December 31, 2008, and whether such loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.

 

     Due After December 31, 2008
     Fixed    Adjustable    Total
          (In thousands)     

Real estate loans:

        

One-to-four family

   $ 403,014    $ 672,877    $ 1,075,891

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     174,913      85,125      260,038

Consumer

     139,411      72,913      212,324

Commercial

     10,552      15,465      26,017
                    

Total loans receivable

   $ 727,890    $ 846,380    $ 1,574,270
                    

Origination, Sale, Servicing and Purchase of Loans . The Bank’s residential mortgage lending activities are conducted primarily by commissioned loan representatives in the exclusive employment of the Bank. The Bank originates both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. The type of loan originated is dependent upon the relative customer demand for fixed-rate or adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”) loans, which is affected by the current and expected future level of interest rates. Columbia, as a mortgage banker, sold virtually all loan production except that the Bank may have purchased adjustable-rate and fixed-rate mortgage loans originated by Columbia for inclusion in its loan portfolio. Based upon availability and best execution Columbia sold its loan production on both a servicing released and servicing retained basis.

In September 2007, the Bank discontinued all loan origination activity at Columbia. Columbia entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements may have required Columbia to repurchase certain loans previously sold in the event of an Early Payment Default, generally defined as the failure by the borrower to make a payment within a designated period early in the loan term. Columbia may also have been required to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty or a misrepresentation during the loan origination process. A portion of Columbia’s loan production consisted of subprime and Alt-A mortgage loans which were made to individuals whose borrowing needs were generally not fulfilled by traditional loan products because they did not satisfy the credit documentation or other underwriting standards prescribed by conventional mortgage lenders and loan buyers. These mortgage loans were generally underwritten to investor specifications, subjected to investor due diligence and subsequently sold to investors. Despite these procedures, the risk of an Early Payment Default and subsequent repurchase of these loans is significantly greater than conventional mortgage loans. For the year ended December 31, 2007, Columbia originated $241.0 million in total loans, of which $38.6 million was in subprime loans, representing 16.0% of the total loans it originated. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Columbia originated $728.3 million in total loans, of which $299.8 million was in subprime loans, representing 41.2% of the total loans it originated. Included in these amounts are $8.7 million and $148.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of a new subprime loan product which Columbia began offering in 2006. This product provided the borrower with 100% financing relative to the value of the underlying property. In March of 2007, Columbia discontinued the origination of subprime loans. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank utilized $15.5 million to repurchase loans from investors of which $12.2 million were subsequently resold. At December 31, 2007, the Bank was holding subprime loans with a gross principal balance of $6.6 million and a carrying value, net of reserves and lower of cost or market adjustment, of $4.1 million. Also, at December 31, 2007, the Bank

 

5


Table of Contents

was holding Alt-A loans, originally originated by Columbia, with a gross principal balance of $7.7 million and a carrying value, net of reserves and lower of cost or market adjustment, of $6.7 million.

At December 31, 2007 the Bank maintained a reserve for repurchased loans of $2.4 million related to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to an Early Payment Default or a violation of a representation or warranty. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve while actual losses are charged to the reserve. In order to estimate an appropriate reserve for repurchased loans, the Bank considers recent and historical experience, product type and volume of recent whole loan sales and the general economic environment. Management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the reserve for repurchased loans at adequate levels, however, future adjustments to the reserve may be necessary due to economic, operating or other conditions beyond the Bank’s control.

The Bank also periodically sells part of its mortgage production in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. See “Loan Servicing.” At December 31, 2007 there were $6.1 million in loans categorized as held for sale which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair market value.

The following table sets forth the Bank’s loan originations, purchases, sales, principal repayments and loan activity, including loans held for sale, for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year December 31,
     2007    2006    2005
          (In thousands)     

Total loans:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,791,201    $ 1,700,098    $ 1,549,642
                    

Loans originated:

        

One-to-four family

     487,289      900,595      1,008,342

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     94,981      93,555      83,511

Construction

     4,175      8,814      9,617

Consumer

     166,158      225,663      172,146

Commercial

     78,896      115,814      32,820
                    

Total loans originated

     831,499      1,344,441      1,306,436
                    

Total

     2,622,700      3,044,539      2,856,078

Loans repurchased from investors

     15,495      —        —  

Less:

        

Principal repayments

     561,621      563,707      444,028

Sales of loans

     385,962      689,561      711,952

Transfer to REO

     841      70      —  
                    

Total loans

   $ 1,689,771    $ 1,791,201    $ 1,700,098
                    

One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending . The Bank offers both fixed-rate, regular amortizing adjustable-rate and interest-only mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences with maturities up to 30 years. The majority of such loans are secured by property located in the Bank’s primary market area. Loan originations are typically generated by commissioned loan representatives and their contacts within the local real estate industry, members of the local communities and the Bank’s existing or past customers.

At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s total loans outstanding were $1.690 billion, of which $1.085 billion, or 64.2%, were one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, primarily single-family and owner-occupied. To a lesser extent and included in this activity are residential mortgage loans secured by seasonal second

 

6


Table of Contents

homes and non-owner occupied investment properties. The average size of the Bank’s one-to-four family mortgage loan was approximately $184,000 at December 31, 2007. The Bank currently offers a number of ARM loan programs with interest rates which adjust every one-, three-, five- or ten-years. The Bank’s ARM loans generally provide for periodic (not less than 2%) and overall (not more than 6%) caps on the increase or decrease in the interest rate at any adjustment date and over the life of the loan. The interest rate on these loans is indexed to the applicable one-, three-, five- or ten-year U.S. Treasury constant maturity yield, with a repricing margin which ranges generally from 2.50% to 3.25% above the index. The Bank also offers three-, five-, seven- and ten-year ARM loans which operate as fixed-rate loans for the first three, five, seven or ten years and then convert to one-year ARM loans for the remainder of the term. The ARM loans are then indexed to a margin of generally 2.50% to 3.25% above the one-year U.S. Treasury constant maturity yield.

Generally, ARM loans pose credit risks different than risks inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because as interest rates rise, the payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for delinquency and default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. In order to minimize risks, borrowers of one-year ARM loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 75% or less are qualified at the fully-indexed rate (the applicable U.S. Treasury index plus the margin, rounded to the nearest one-eighth of one percent), and borrowers of one-year ARM loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 75% are qualified at the higher of the fully indexed rate or the initial rate plus the 2% annual interest rate cap. The Bank does not originate ARM loans which provide for negative amortization. The Bank does offer interest-only ARM loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term and then convert to a fully amortizing loan until maturity. Borrowers for interest-only ARM loans originated for portfolio are qualified at the fully indexed rate when the loan reprices in less than five years and are qualified at the fully amortized payment when the loan reprices in more than five years. The interest-only feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s loan repayment when the contractually required payments increase due to the required amortization of the principal amount. These payment increases could affect a borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans at December 31, 2007 was $202.6 million, or 18.7% of total one-to-four family mortgages.

The Bank’s fixed-rate mortgage loans currently are made for terms from 10 to 30 years. The normal terms for fixed-rate loan commitments provide for a maximum of 60 days rate lock upon receipt of a 0.5% to 1.0% fee charged on the mortgage amount which typically becomes non-refundable in the event the loan does not close prior to expiration of the rate lock. The Bank may periodically sell some of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates. The Bank retains the servicing on all loans sold. The Bank generally retains for its portfolio shorter term, fixed-rate loans and certain longer term fixed-rate loans, generally consisting of loans to facilitate the sale of Real Estate Owned (“REO”) and loans to officers, directors or employees of the Bank. The Bank may retain a portion of its longer term fixed-rate loans after considering volume and yield and after evaluating interest rate risk and capital management considerations. The retention of fixed-rate mortgage loans may increase the level of interest rate risk exposure of the Bank, as the rates on these loans will not adjust during periods of rising interest rates and the loans can be subject to substantial increases in prepayments during periods of falling interest rates.

The Bank’s policy is to originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or the selling price of the property securing the loan and up to 97% of the appraised value or selling price if private mortgage insurance is obtained (up to 100% for certain Community Reinvestment Act related programs covered by private mortgage insurance). Generally, independent appraisals are obtained for loans secured by real property, however, as allowed by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), under certain

 

7


Table of Contents

defined circumstances, a real estate collateral analysis is obtained instead. The average loan-to-value ratio of the Bank’s one-to-four family mortgage loans was 62% at December 31, 2007. Title insurance is required for all first mortgage loans. Mortgage loans originated by the Bank include due-on-sale clauses which provide the Bank with the contractual right to declare the loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower transfers ownership of the property without the Bank’s consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rates on the Bank’s fixed-rate mortgage loan portfolio and the Bank has generally exercised its rights under these clauses.

While the Bank obtains full verification of income on the majority of residential borrowers, it also originates stated income (no income verified) loans on a limited basis. The Bank currently offers stated income loans only to self-employed borrowers for purposes of financing primary residences and second home properties. In approving stated income loans, the Bank assesses the reasonableness of the stated income as compared with the borrower’s profession. Borrowers for stated income loans generally require good to excellent credit profiles, lower loan to value ratios and a higher level of verified liquidity. The Bank currently offers stated income loans up to a maximum 75% loan to value for loan amounts up to $500,000. To qualify under this product, the borrower must have a minimum FICO credit score of 680 and have liquid reserves equal to or greater than 20% of the loan amount. The Bank also offers stated income loans up to a maximum of 70% loan to value for loan amounts up to $650,000. To qualify under this product, the borrower must show a minimum FICO credit score of 700 and have liquid reserves equal to or greater than 20% of the loan amount. The amount of stated income loans at December 31, 2007 was $65.8 million, or 6.1% of total one-to-four family mortgages.

Commercial Real Estate, Multi-Family and Land Lending . The Bank originates commercial real estate loans that are secured by properties, or properties under construction, generally used for business purposes such as small office buildings or retail facilities, the majority of which are located in the Bank’s primary market area. The Bank’s underwriting procedures provide that commercial real estate loans may be made in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. The Bank currently originates commercial real estate loans with terms of up to twenty five years with fixed or adjustable rates which are indexed to a margin above the corresponding U.S. Treasury constant maturity yield. The loans typically contain prepayment penalties over the initial three to five years. In reaching its decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Bank considers the net operating income of the property and the borrower’s expertise, credit history, profitability and the term and quantity of leases. The Bank has generally required that the properties securing commercial real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios of at least 130%. The Bank generally requires the personal guarantee of the principal for all commercial real estate loans. The Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio at December 31, 2007 was $326.7 million, or 19.3% of total loans. The largest commercial real estate loan in the Bank’s portfolio at December 31, 2007 was a performing loan for which the Bank had an outstanding carrying balance of $8.5 million, secured by a first mortgage on commercial real estate used as a health care facility. The average size of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2007 was approximately $542,000.

The commercial real estate portfolio includes loans for the construction of commercial properties. Typically, these loans are underwritten based upon commercial leases in place prior to funding. In many cases, commercial construction loans are extended to owners that intend to occupy the property for business operations, in which case the loan is based upon the financial capacity of the related business and the owner of the business. At December 31, 2007 the Bank had an outstanding balance in commercial construction loans of $19.7 million.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Bank also originates multi-family mortgage loans and land loans on a limited and highly selective basis. The Bank’s multi-family loans and land loans at December 31, 2007 and 2006, totaled $2.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

Loans secured by multi-family residential properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by multi-family properties are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through its underwriting policies, which require such loans to be qualified at origination on the basis of the property’s income and debt coverage ratio.

Residential Construction Lending . At December 31, 2007, residential construction loans totaled $10.8 million, or 0.6%, of the Bank’s total loans outstanding. The Bank originates residential construction loans primarily on a construction/permanent basis with such loans converting to an amortizing loan following the completion of the construction phase. Most of the Bank’s construction loans are made to individuals building their primary residence, while, to a lesser extent, loans are made to finance a second home or to developers known to the Bank in order to build single-family houses for sale, which loans become due and payable over terms generally not exceeding 18 months. The current policy of the Bank is to charge interest rates on its construction loans which float at margins which are generally 0.5% to 2.0% above the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal ). The Bank’s construction loans increase the interest rate sensitivity of its earning assets. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had 26 residential construction loans, with the largest exposure relating to a $1.1 million performing loan. The Bank may originate construction loans to individuals and contractors on approved building lots in amounts typically no greater than 75% of the appraised value of the land and the building. Once construction is complete, the loans are either paid in full or converted to permanent amortizing loans with maturities similar to the Bank’s other one-to-four family mortgage products. The Bank requires an appraisal of the property, credit reports, and financial statements on all principals and guarantors, among other items, for all construction loans.

Construction lending, by its nature, entails additional risks compared to one-to-four family mortgage lending, attributable primarily to the fact that funds are advanced based upon a security interest in a project which is not yet complete. As a result, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. Because of these factors, the analysis of prospective construction loan projects requires an expertise that is different in significant respects from that which is required for residential mortgage lending. The Bank seeks to address these risks through its underwriting procedures.

Consumer Loans . The Bank also offers consumer loans. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s consumer loans totaled $213.3 million, or 12.6% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Of that amount, home equity loans comprised $139.6 million, or 65.5%; home equity lines of credit comprised $73.0 million, or 34.1%; loans on savings accounts totaled $341,000, or 0.2%; and automobile and overdraft line of credit loans totaled $349,000 or 0.2%.

The Bank originates home equity loans typically secured by second liens on one-to-four family residences. These loans are originated as either adjustable-rate or fixed-rate loans with terms ranging from 5 to 20 years. Home equity loans are typically made on owner-occupied, one-to-four family residences and generally to Bank customers. Generally, these loans are subject to an 80% loan-to-value limitation, including any other outstanding mortgages or liens, although the Bank will also originate loans with loan-to-value limitations of up to 90%, subject to more restrictive underwriting requirements.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Bank also offers a variable-rate home equity line of credit which extends a credit line based on the applicant’s income and equity in the home. Generally, the credit line, when combined with the balance of the first mortgage lien, may not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property at the time of the loan commitment, although the Bank will also originate loans with loan-to-value limitations of up to 90%, subject to more restrictive underwriting requirements. Home equity lines of credit are secured by a mortgage on the underlying real estate. The Bank presently charges no origination fees for these loans, but may in the future charge origination fees for its home equity lines of credit. The Bank does, however, charge early termination fees should a line of credit be closed within three years of origination. A borrower is required to make monthly payments of principal and interest, at a minimum of $50, based upon a 10, 15 or 20 year amortization period. The Bank also offers home equity lines of credit which require the payment of interest only during the first five years with fully amortizing payments thereafter. Generally, the adjustable rate of interest charged is based upon the prime rate of interest (as published in the Wall Street Journal ), although the range of interest rates charged may vary from 1.0% below prime to 1.5% over prime. The loans have an 18% lifetime cap on interest rate adjustments.

Commercial Lending . At December 31, 2007, commercial loans totaled $54.3 million, or 3.2% of the Bank’s total loans outstanding. The Commercial Lending group’s primary function is to service the business communities’ banking and financing needs in the Bank’s primary market area. The Commercial Lending group originates both commercial real estate loans and commercial loans (including loans for working capital; fixed asset purchases; and acquisition, receivable and inventory financing). Credit facilities such as lines of credit and term loans will be used to facilitate these requests. In all cases, the Bank will review and analyze financial history and capacity, collateral value, strength and character of the principals, and general payment history of the borrower and principals in coming to a credit decision. The Bank generally requires the personal guarantee of the principal borrowers for all commercial loans.

A well-defined credit policy has been approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. This policy discourages high risk credits, while focusing on quality underwriting, sound financial strength and close monitoring. Commercial business lending, both secured and unsecured, is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than secured residential real estate lending. Risk of loss on a commercial business loan is dependent largely on the borrower’s ability to remain financially able to repay the loan from ongoing operations. If the Bank’s estimate of the borrower’s financial ability is inaccurate, the Bank may be confronted with a loss of principal on the loan. The Bank’s largest commercial loan at December 31, 2007 was a performing loan with an outstanding balance of $4.0 million which was secured by a first lien on all corporate assets. The average size of the Bank’s commercial loans at December 31, 2007 was approximately $138,000.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . The Board of Directors establishes the loan approval policies of the Bank based on total exposure to the individual borrower. The Board of Directors has authorized the approval of loans by various officers of the Bank or a Management Credit Committee, on a scale which requires approval by personnel with progressively higher levels of responsibility as the loan amount increases. Loans with a total exposure in excess of $3.0 million require approval by the Management Credit Committee. Loans with a total exposure in excess of $7.0 million require approval by the Board of Directors. A minimum of two employees’ signatures are required to approve residential loans over conforming loan limits. The Bank’s loan approval policies previously delegated approval authority to specified employees at Columbia within assigned exposure limits for loans originated for the Bank’s portfolio. Columbia maintained a Credit Policy that established the delegated authority levels for loans originated for sale. Pursuant to OTS regulations, loans to one borrower generally cannot exceed 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital, which at December 31, 2007 amounted to $20.7 million. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s maximum loan exposure to a single borrower was $13.2 million,

 

10


Table of Contents

although the amount outstanding at December 31, 2007 was only $4.2 million. This relationship consists of five separate credit facilities and several of the notes have separate and distinct guarantors. The largest outstanding balance to a single borrower was $9.3 million, net of participations sold. This relationship consists of eight separate credit facilities and several of the notes have separate and distinct guarantors.

Loan Servicing . Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, making inspections as required of mortgaged premises, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. The Bank also services mortgage loans for others. All of the loans currently being serviced for others are loans which have been sold by the Bank or Columbia. At December 31, 2007, the Bank was servicing $1.026 billion of loans for others. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the balance of mortgage servicing rights totaled $8.9 million, $9.8 million and $9.7 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, loan servicing income, net of related amortization totaled $468,000, $515,000 and $280,000, respectively. The Bank evaluates mortgage servicing rights for impairment on a quarterly basis. The valuation of mortgage servicing rights is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions which are subject to significant change in the near term. Generally, a decline in market interest rates will cause expected repayment speeds to increase resulting in a lower valuation for mortgage servicing rights and ultimately lower future servicing fee income.

Delinquencies and Classified Assets . The Board of Directors performs a monthly review of all delinquent loan totals which includes loans sixty days or more past due, and the detail of each loan thirty days or more past due that was originated within the past year. In addition, the Chief Risk Officer compiles a quarterly list of all classified loans and a narrative report of classified commercial, commercial real estate, multi-family, land and construction loans. The steps taken by the Bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan and period of delinquency. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank takes a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. The Bank generally sends the borrower a written notice of non-payment after the loan is first past due. In the event payment is not then received, additional letters and phone calls generally are made. In the case of residential mortgage loans, the Bank may offer to modify the terms or take other forbearance actions which afford the borrower an opportunity to remain in their home and satisfy the loan terms. The Bank plans to utilize the HOPE NOW alliance loan modification reporting standards for subprime adjustable rate mortgages. HOPE NOW is an alliance between counselors, mortgage market participants and mortgage servicers to create a unified, coordinated plan to reach and help as many homeowners as possible. If the loan is still not brought current and it becomes necessary for the Bank to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan is delinquent at least 90 days or more, the Bank will commence litigation to realize on the collateral, including foreclosure proceedings against any real property that secures the loan. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or an acceptable workout accommodation is not agreed upon before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure.

The Bank’s Internal Asset Classification Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer who reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, reviews and classifies the Bank’s assets quarterly and reports the results of its review to the Board of Directors. The Bank classifies assets in accordance with certain regulatory guidelines established by the OTS which are applicable to all savings institutions. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had $12.4 million of assets, including all REO, classified as “Substandard”, $15,000 of assets classified as “Doubtful” and no assets classified as “Loss”. Loans and other assets may also be placed on a watch list as “Special Mention” assets. Assets which do not

 

11


Table of Contents

currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated “Special Mention.” Special Mention assets totaled $8.2 million at December 31, 2007. Loans are classified as Special Mention due to past delinquencies or other identifiable weaknesses. The Substandard classification includes $4.5 million of commercial loans, the largest being a $2.2 million relationship for a start-up business for which operating revenue is not currently supporting the debt obligation. The loans are current as to payments, but was classified due to negative cash flow from the business. The loans are secured by real estate and business assets. The largest Special Mention relationship was a $4.4 million credit to a real estate agency which was current as to payments, but classified due to declining revenue and net income of the borrower. The loans are secured by commercial real estate, corporate assets and the personal guarantees of the principals.

Non-Accrual Loans and REO

The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans and REO. The Bank had no troubled-debt restructured loans and three REO properties at December 31, 2007. It is the policy of the Bank to cease accruing interest on loans 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, the amount of interest income that would have been recognized on non-accrual loans if such loans had continued to perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $210,000, $189,000, $115,000, $128,000 and $96,000.

 

       December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Real estate:

          

One-to-four family

   $ 6,620     $ 2,703     $ 1,084     $ 1,337     $ 1,712  

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     1,040       286       —         744       242  

Consumer

     586       281       299       784       90  

Commercial

     495       1,255       212       623       118  
                                        

Total

     8,741       4,525       1,595       3,488       2,162  

REO, net(1)

     438       288       278       288       252  
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 9,179     $ 4,813     $ 1,873     $ 3,776     $ 2,414  
                                        

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans receivable (2)

     .62 %     .57 %     .62 %     .69 %     .75 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans (3)

     119.76       226.25       655.80       306.42       499.63  

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable (2)(3)

     .52       .25       .09       .23       .15  

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (3)

     .48       .23       .09       .20       .14  

 

(1) REO balances are shown net of related loss allowances.
(2) Total loans includes loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale.
(3) Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and REO. Non-performing loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other loans in the process of foreclosure.

 

12


Table of Contents

The non-performing loan total includes $1.2 million of repurchased one-to-four family and consumer loans and $2.8 million of one-to-four family and consumer loans previously held-for-sale, which were written down to their fair market value.

Allowance for Loan Losses . The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. The Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where management determines that the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers sufficient to provide for probable losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio resulting from management’s continuing analysis of the factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured, and the determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loan.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses consists of a specific allowance and a general allowance, each updated on a quarterly basis. A specific allowance is determined for all impaired assets classified as Substandard, Doubtful or Loss where the value of the underlying collateral can reasonably be evaluated, generally loans which are secured by real estate. The Bank obtains an updated appraisal whenever a loan secured by real estate becomes 90 days delinquent. The specific allowance represents the difference between the Bank’s recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. A general allowance is determined for all other classified and non-classified loans. In determining the level of the general allowance, the Bank segments the loan portfolio into various risk tranches based on type of loan (mortgage, consumer and commercial); and certain underwriting characteristics. An estimated loss factor is then applied to each risk tranche. The loss factors are determined based upon historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, underwriting standards, internal loan review results and other factors.

An overwhelming percentage of the Bank’s loan portfolio, whether one-to-four family, consumer or commercial, is secured by real estate. Additionally, most of the Bank’s borrowers are located in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. These concentrations may adversely affect the Bank’s loan loss experience should local real estate values decline or should the markets served experience an adverse economic shock.

Management believes the primary risks inherent in the portfolio are possible increases in interest rates, a decline in the economy, generally, and a decline in real estate market values. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in the loan portfolio.

Although management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels to reserve for inherent losses probable in its loan portfolio, additions may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make

 

13


Table of Contents

additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses the best information available, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Bank’s control.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses was .62% and .57%, respectively, of total loans. The Bank had non-accrual loans of $8.7 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Bank will continue to monitor and modify its allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate.

The following table sets forth activity in the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the periods set forth in the table.

 

     At or for the Year Ended  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 10,238     $ 10,460     $ 10,688     $ 10,802     $ 10,074  
                                        

Charge-offs:

          

Real Estate:

          

One-to-four family

     107       113       11       175       78  

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     —         —         —         —         —    

Consumer

     —         6       —         —         —    

Commercial

     370       450       673       312       180  
                                        

Total

     477       569       684       487       258  

Recoveries

     7       197       106       73       298  
                                        

Net charge-offs (recoveries)

     470       372       578       414       (40 )
                                        

Provision for loan losses

     700       150       350       300       688  
                                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 10,468     $ 10,238     $ 10,460     $ 10,688     $ 10,802  
                                        

Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average net loans outstanding during the year

     .03 %     .02 %     .04 %     .03 %     .00 %
                                        

 

14


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Bank’s percent of allowance for loan losses to total allowance and the percent of loans to total loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated (Dollars in thousands).

 

     At December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     Amount    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans
    Amount    Percent of
Allowance
to Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 

One- to- Four family

   $ 2,238    21.38 %   64.20 %   $ 2,828    27.62 %   68.77 %   $ 2,181    20.85 %   69.83 %   $ 1,940    18.15 %   72.70 %   $ 1,978    18.31 %   75.50 %

Commercial real estate, multi- family and land

     3,547    33.88     19.33       3,034    29.64     17.10       3,080    29.44     16.56       3,895    36.44     15.70       4,347    40.24     14.31  

Construction

     63    .60     .64       84    .82     .75       113    1.08     1.34       144    1.35     1.23       81    .75     .79  

Consumer

     1,587    15.16     12.62       1,490    14.55     10.61       1,146    10.96     8.64       1,037    9.70     6.41       781    7.23     5.68  

Commercial

     1,329    12.70     3.21       1,324    12.93     2.77       1,909    18.25     3.63       1,970    18.43     3.96       1,415    13.10     3.72  

Unallocated

     1,704    16.28     —         1,478    14.44     —         2,031    19.42     —         1,702    15.93     —         2,200    20.37     —    
                                                                                               

Total

   $ 10,468    100.00 %   100.00 %   $ 10,238    100.00 %   100.00 %   $ 10,460    100.00 %   100.00 %   $ 10,688    100.00 %   100.00 %   $ 10,802    100.00 %   100.00 %
                                                                                               

 

15


Table of Contents

Investment Activities

Federally-chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various Federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and Federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, Federally-chartered savings institutions may also invest in commercial paper, investment-grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a Federally-chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.

The investment policy of the Bank as established by the Board of Directors attempts to provide and maintain liquidity, generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, and complement the Bank’s lending activities. Specifically, the Bank’s policies generally limit investments to government and Federal agency-backed securities and other non-government guaranteed securities, including corporate debt obligations, that are investment grade. The Bank’s policies provide that all investment purchases must be approved by two officers (either the Vice President/Treasurer, the Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer or the President/Chief Executive Officer) and must be ratified by the Board of Directors.

Investment and mortgage-backed securities identified as held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, which are recognized as adjustments to interest income. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If the Bank has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity, they are classified as held to maturity. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time, but not necessarily to maturity are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy. Such securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax effect, are excluded from earnings, but are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2007, all of the Bank’s investment and mortgage-backed securities were classified as available for sale.

Mortgage-backed Securities . Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, the principal and interest payments on which, in general, are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries that pool and repackage the participation interests in the form of securities, to investors such as the Bank. Such intermediaries may be private issuers, or agencies including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) that guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts, and the securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with interest rates that are within a certain range and with varying maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed-rate or ARM loans.

The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed security varies, depending on when the mortgagors repay or prepay the underlying mortgages. Prepayments of the underlying mortgages may shorten the life of the security, thereby affecting its yield to maturity and the related market value of the mortgage-backed security. The prepayments of the underlying mortgages depend on many factors, including the type of mortgages, the coupon rates, the age of mortgages, the geographical location of the underlying real estate collateralizing the mortgages, the general levels of market interest rates, and general economic conditions. GNMA mortgage-backed securities that are backed by assumable Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”) or Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) loans generally have a longer life than conventional non-assumable loans underlying FHLMC and FNMA mortgage-backed securities. During periods of

 

16


Table of Contents

falling mortgage interest rates, prepayments generally increase, as opposed to periods of increasing interest rates when prepayments generally decrease. If the interest rate of underlying mortgages significantly exceeds the prevailing market interest rates offered for mortgage loans, refinancing generally increases and accelerates the prepayment of the underlying mortgages. Prepayment experience is more difficult to estimate for adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities.

The Bank has investments in mortgage-backed securities and has utilized such investments to complement its lending activities. The Bank invests in a large variety of mortgage-backed securities, including ARM, balloon and fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, the majority of which are directly insured or guaranteed by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA. At December 31, 2007, mortgage-backed securities totaled $54.1 million, or 2.8% of total assets.

The following table sets forth the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities activities for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  
           (In thousands)        

Beginning balance

   $ 68,369     $ 85,025     $ 124,478  

Mortgage-backed securities purchased

     —         6,439       7,704  

Less: Principal repayments

     (14,653 )     (17,117 )     (37,473 )

Amortization of premium

     (197 )     (353 )     (871 )

Sales

     —         (6,389 )     (7,745 )

Change in net unrealized loss on mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     618       764       (1,068 )
                        

Ending balance

   $ 54,137     $ 68,369     $ 85,025  
                        

 

17


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market value of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,
     2007    2006    2005
     Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
     (In thousands)

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

FHLMC

   $ 11,845    $ 11,862    $ 14,726    $ 14,649    $ 10,964    $ 10,809

FNMA

     40,559      40,482      52,264      51,684      72,861      71,531

GNMA

     1,696      1,793      1,960      2,036      2,545      2,685
                                         

Total mortgage-backed securities

   $ 54,100    $ 54,137    $ 68,950    $ 68,369    $ 86,370    $ 85,025
                                         

Investment Securities . The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market values of the Company’s investment securities at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,
     2007    2006    2005
     Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value
               (In thousands)               

Investment securities:

                 

U.S. agency obligations

   $ 297    $ 298    $ 290    $ 289    $ 201    $ 200

State and municipal obligations

     1,747      1,756      1,747      1,768      4,131      4,157

Corporate debt securities

     54,973      49,674      75,655      74,060      75,528      73,630

Equity investments

     5,586      5,897      4,905      6,267      4,724      5,874
                                         

Total investment securities

   $ 62,603    $ 57,625    $ 82,597    $ 82,384    $ 84,584    $ 83,861
                                         

 

18


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost, weighted average yields and contractual maturities, excluding scheduled principal amortization, of the Bank’s investment and mortgage-backed securities, excluding equity securities, as of December 31, 2007. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

    At December 31, 2007
                            Total
    One Year or Less
Amortized Cost
    More than One
Year to Five Years
Amortized Cost
    More than Five
Years to Ten Years
Amortized Cost
    More than Ten
Years
Amortized Cost
    Amortized Cost     Estimated
Market Value
    (Dollars in thousands)

Investment securities:

           

U.S. agency obligations

  $ 297     $ —         —       $ —       $ 297     $ 298

State and municipal obligations (1)

    —         —         —         1,747       1,747       1,756

Corporate debt securities (2)

    —         —         —         54,973       54,973       49,674
                                             

Total investment securities

  $ 297     $ —         —       $ 56,720     $ 57,017     $ 51,728
                                             

Weighted average yield

    4.90 %     —         —         5.73 %     5.72 %  
                                         

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

FHLMC

  $ —       $ 10     $ —       $ 11,835     $ 11,845     $ 11,862

FNMA

    —         —         6       40,553       40,559       40,482

GNMA

    —         18       14       1,664       1,696       1,793
                                             

Total mortgage-backed securities

  $ —       $ 28     $ 20     $ 54,052     $ 54,100     $ 54,137
                                             

Weighted average yield

    —         12.61 %     11.86 %     4.81 %     4.82 %  
                                         

 

(1) State and municipal obligations are reported at tax equivalent yield.
(2) All of the Bank’s corporate debt securities with maturities over one year carry interest rates which adjust to a spread over LIBOR on a quarterly basis.

 

19


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General . Deposits, loan and mortgage-backed securities repayments and prepayments, proceeds from sales of loans, investment maturities, cash flows generated from operations and FHLB advances and other borrowings are the primary sources of the Bank’s funds for use in lending, investing and for other general purposes.

Deposits . The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank’s deposits consist of money market accounts, savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, non-interest bearing accounts and time deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2007, time deposits constituted 37.0% of total average deposits. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. The Bank’s deposits are obtained predominantly from the areas in which its branch offices are located. The Bank relies on its community-banking focus stressing customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect the Bank’s ability to attract and retain deposits. The Bank does not currently use brokers to obtain deposits.

The following table presents the deposit activity of the Bank for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,
     2007     2006     2005
     (In thousands)

Net (withdrawals) deposits

   $ (124,410 )   $ (16,844 )   $ 63,919

Interest credited on deposit accounts

     35,872       32,604       22,114
                      

Total (decrease) increase in deposit accounts

   $ (88,538 )   $ 15,760     $ 86,033
                      

At December 31, 2007, the Bank had $98.5 million in time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:

 

Maturity Period

   Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 45,427    4.59 %

Over three through six months

     31,959    4.50  

Over six through 12 months

     14,363    4.26  

Over 12 months

     6,765    4.22  
         

Total

   $ 98,514    4.49  
             

 

20


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank’s average deposit accounts and the average rate paid on those deposits for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  
     Average
Balance
   Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
    Average
Rate
Paid
    Average
Balance
   Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
    Average
Rate
Paid
    Average
Balance
   Percent
of Total
Average
Deposits
    Average
Rate
Paid
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Money market deposit accounts

   $ 94,374    7.10 %   1.67 %   $ 117,935    8.59 %   1.69 %   $ 135,907    10.10 %   1.18 %

Savings accounts

     195,948    14.73     .99       219,879    16.02     .79       260,655    19.38     .71  

Interest-bearing checking accounts

     435,433    32.74     2.60       379,997    27.69     2.16       350,839    26.09     1.33  

Non-interest-bearing accounts

     112,649    8.47     —         120,482    8.78     —         115,681    8.60     —    

Total time deposits

     491,465    36.96     4.42       534,056    38.92     4.02       481,585    35.83     3.05  
                                             

Total average deposits

   $ 1,329,869    100.00 %   2.75 %   $ 1,372,349    100.00 %   2.43 %   $ 1,344,667    100.00 %   1.70 %
                                                         

 

21


Table of Contents

Borrowings . From time-to-time the Bank has obtained term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB-NY”) as an alternative to retail deposit funds and may do so in the future as part of its operating strategy. FHLB-NY term advances may also be used to acquire certain other assets as may be deemed appropriate for investment purposes. These term advances are collateralized primarily by certain of the Bank’s mortgage loans and investment and mortgage-backed securities and secondarily by the Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB-NY. In addition, the Bank has an available overnight line of credit with the FHLB-NY for $100 million which expires July 31, 2008. The Bank also has available from the FHLB-NY a one-month, overnight repricing line of credit for $100 million which also expires on July 31, 2008. The Bank expects both lines to be renewed upon expiration. When utilized, both lines carry a floating interest rate of 10-15 basis points over the current Federal funds rate and are secured by the Bank’s mortgage loans, and FHLB-NY stock. The maximum amount that the FHLB-NY will advance to member institutions, including the Bank, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the OTS and the FHLB-NY. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had $58.0 million borrowed under the FHLB-NY lines of credit and $335.0 million under various term advances.

The Bank also borrows funds using securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Under this form of borrowing specific U.S. Government agency, corporates and/or mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral to secure the borrowing. These pledged securities are held by a third party custodian. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had borrowed $81.8 million through securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

Subsidiary Activities

At December 31, 2007 the Bank owned three subsidiaries – Columbia Home Loans, LLC, OceanFirst Services, LLC and OceanFirst REIT Holdings, LLC.

Columbia Home Loans, LLC was acquired by the Bank on August 18, 2000 and operated as a mortgage banking subsidiary based in Westchester County, New York. Columbia originated, sold and serviced a full product line of residential mortgage loans primarily in New York and New Jersey. Loans were originated through retail branches and a network of independent mortgage brokers and, to a lesser extent direct Internet sales. Columbia sold virtually all loan production in the secondary market or, to a lesser extent, the Bank. In September 2007, the Bank discontinued all of the loan origination activity of Columbia. The Bank retained Columbia’s loan servicing portfolio.

OceanFirst Services, LLC was originally organized in 1982 under the name Dome Financial Services, Inc., to engage in the sale of all-savers life insurance. Prior to 1998 the subsidiary was inactive, however, in 1998, the Bank began to sell non-deposit investment products (annuities, mutual funds and insurance) through a third-party marketing firm to Bank customers through this subsidiary, recognizing fee income from such sales. OFB Reinsurance, Ltd. was established in 2002 as a subsidiary of OceanFirst Services, LLC to reinsure a percentage of the private mortgage insurance risks on one-to-four family residential mortgages originated by the Bank and Columbia.

OceanFirst REIT Holdings, LLC. was established in 2007 and acts as the holding company for OceanFirst Realty Corp. OceanFirst Realty Corp. was established in 1997 and is intended to qualify as a real estate investment trust, which may, among other things, be utilized by the Company to raise capital in the future. Upon formation of OceanFirst Realty Corp., the Bank transferred $668 million of mortgage loans to this subsidiary.

 

22


Table of Contents

Personnel

As of December 31, 2007, the Bank had 351 full-time employees and 62 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

General

As a savings and loan holding company, the Company is required by Federal law to file reports with, and otherwise comply with, the rules and regulations of the OTS. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS, as its primary Federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the deposit insurer. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and, with respect to deposit insurance, of the Deposit Insurance Fund managed by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other insured depository institutions. The OTS and/or the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors and to ensure the safe and sound operation of the Bank. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations. Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to savings institutions and their holding companies set forth in this Form 10-K does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank and the Company and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.

Holding Company Regulation

The Company is a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of Federal law. Under prior law, a unitary savings and loan holding company, such as the Company, was not generally restricted as to the types of business activities in which it may engage, provided that the Bank continued to be a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”). See “Federal Savings Institution Regulation - QTL Test.” The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 provides that no company may acquire control of a savings association after May 4, 1999 unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies under the law or for multiple savings and loan holding companies as described below. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifies that existing savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, however, grandfathered the unrestricted authority for activities with respect to unitary savings and loan holding companies existing prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Company, so long as the Bank continues to comply with the QTL test. The Company qualifies for the grandfather provision. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another savings institution or savings bank that meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a savings institution by the OTS, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would generally be limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain activities authorized by OTS regulation. However, the OTS has issued an interpretation concluding that multiple savings and loan holding companies may also engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies.

A savings and loan holding company is prohibited from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 5% of

 

23


Table of Contents

the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the OTS considers the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the deposit insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

The OTS may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

Although savings and loan holding companies are not subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, Federal regulations do prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions as described below. The Bank must notify the OTS 30 days before declaring any dividend to the Company. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the OTS which has the authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.

Acquisition of the Company . Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”) and OTS regulations, a notice must be submitted to the OTS if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting stock, unless the OTS has found that the acquisition will not result in a change of control of the Company. Under CBCA, the OTS has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Any company that so acquires control would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.

Federal Savings Institution Regulation

Business Activities . The activities of Federal savings institutions are governed by Federal law and regulations. These laws and regulations delineate the nature and extent of the activities in which Federal savings banks may engage. In particular, many types of lending authority for Federal savings banks, e.g . , commercial, non-residential real property loans and consumer loans, are limited to a specified percentage of the institution’s capital or assets.

Capital Requirements . The OTS capital regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS examination rating system), and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital standard. The OTS regulations also require that, in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk-based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.

The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet activities, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core (Tier 1) capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual

 

24


Table of Contents

preferred stock and related surplus, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. The OTS has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in cases where it is determined that a particular institution’s capital level is, or may, become inadequate in light of the circumstances involved.

The following table presents the Bank’s capital position at December 31, 2007. The Bank met each of its capital requirements at that date.

 

                    Capital  
     Actual
Capital
   Required
Capital
   Excess
Amount
   Actual
Percent
    Required
Percent
 
     (Dollars in thousands)             

Tangible

   $ 138,275    $ 28,930    $ 109,345    7.17 %   1.50 %

Core (Leverage)

     138,275      57,860      80,415    7.17     3.00  

Risk-based

     148,440      105,921      42,519    11.21     8.00  

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action . The OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution’s degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized” and a savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” Subject to a narrow exception, the OTS is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is “critically undercapitalized.” The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. Significantly and critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to additional mandatory and discretionary measures.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts . Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank’s deposits, therefore, are subject to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted a risk-based system for determining deposit insurance assessments.

The FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The

 

25


Table of Contents

management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

In February 2006, the “Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005,” or the 2005 Deposit Act, was signed into law. The 2005 Deposit Act contains provisions designed to reform and modernize the Federal deposit insurance system. Effective in 2006, the 2005 Deposit Act merged the previously separate insurance funds into the new DIF; indexed the current $100,000 deposit insurance limit to inflation beginning in April 2010 and every succeeding five years; and increased the deposit insurance limit for certain retirement accounts to $250,000 and indexed that limit to inflation as well.

Prior to January 1, 2007, an institution’s assessment rate depended on the capital category and supervisory category to which it was assigned. Under this risk-based assessment system, there were nine assessment risk classifications (i.e., combinations of capital groups and supervisory subgroups) to which different assessment rates were applied. If the FDIC determined that assessment rates should be increased, institutions in all risk categories would be affected.

Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC established a new risk-based assessment system for determining the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by insured depository institutions. The FDIC consolidated the previous nine assessment rate categories into four new categories. The FDIC has the flexibility to adjust rates, without further notice-and-comment rulemaking, provided that no such adjustment can be greater than three basis points above or below the base rates and that rates cannot be negative. The FDIC also established 1.25% of estimated insured deposits as the designated reserve ratio of the DIF. The FDIC is authorized to change the assessment rates as necessary, subject to the previously discussed limitations, to maintain the required reserve ratio of 1.25%.

Under the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (“Funds Act”), the assessment base for the payments on bonds issued in the late 1980’s by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to recapitalize the now defunct Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation was expanded to include, beginning January 1, 1997, the deposits of certain insured institutions, including the Bank. The bonds issued by FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. The FICO payments are in addition to the deposit insurance assessment.

The total expense incurred in 2007 for the deposit insurance assessment and the FICO payments was $297,000. The FDIC has approved a One-Time Assessment Credit to institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996 and paid deposit insurance assessments prior to that date, or are a successor to such an institution. The Bank is entitled to a One-Time Assessment Credit of $1.3 million of which $626,000 was used to offset part of the 2007 calendar year deposit insurance assessment, excluding the FICO payments. The remaining credit of $687,000 will be used to offset part of the 2008 calendar year deposit insurance assessment.

Loans to One Borrower . Federal law provides that savings institutions are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks. Subject to certain exceptions, a savings institution may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s limit on loans to one borrower was $20.7 million. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s maximum loan exposure to a single borrower was $13.2 million, although the amount outstanding at December 31, 2007 was only $4.2 million. The largest outstanding balance to a single borrower was $9.3 million, net of participations sold.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test . The Home Owners Loan Act requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift

 

26


Table of Contents

investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months out of each 12 month period. Additionally, education loans, credit card loans and small business loans may be considered “qualified thrift investments.”

A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter. As of December 31, 2007, the Bank met the qualified thrift lender test.

Limitation on Capital Distributions . OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger. Under the regulations, an application to and the approval of the OTS is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for “expedited treatment” of applications under OTS regulations ( i.e. , generally, examination ratings in the two top categories), the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still provide prior notice to the OTS of the capital distribution if, like the Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company. In the event the Bank’s capital fell below its regulatory requirements or the OTS notified it that it was in need of more than normal supervision, the Bank’s ability to make capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The OTS has notified the Bank that it does not object to the payment of capital dividends, so long as the Bank remains well capitalized after each capital distribution, and also maintains a tier one core leverage ratio above 6.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio above 10.5% after each capital distribution.

Assessments . Savings institutions are required to pay assessments to the OTS to fund the agency’s operations. The assessments, paid on a semi-annual basis, are based upon the institution’s total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries as reported in the Bank’s latest quarterly thrift financial report, as well as the institution’s regulatory rating and complexity component. The assessments paid by the Bank for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $486,000.

Transactions with Related Parties . The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with “affiliates” ( e.g ., any company that controls or is under common control with an institution, including the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by Federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in Federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. The transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors. However, the Act contains a specific exemption for loans from the Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with Federal banking laws. Under such laws, the Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on the Bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment and are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals, except

 

27


Table of Contents

for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional restrictions.

Enforcement . The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and all institution-affiliated parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to the institution of receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $25,000 per day, or even $1 million per day in especially egregious cases. The FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.

Standards for Safety and Soundness . The Federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the Federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OTS determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OTS may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB provides member institutions with a central credit facility. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB-NY is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.20% of mortgage related assets and 4.5% of the specified value of certain transactions with the FHLB. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLB-NY stock at December 31, 2007 of $22.9 million.

The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the previous resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the FHLBs pay to their members and could also result in the FHLB imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. If dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, the Bank’s net interest income would likely also be reduced.

Federal Reserve System

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing checking and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $43.9 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $43.9 million. The first $9.3 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempt from the reserve requirements. The amounts are adjusted annually. The Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General . The Company and the Bank report their income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting, and are subject to Federal income taxation in the same manner as other

 

28


Table of Contents

corporations with some exceptions, including particularly the Bank’s reserve for bad debts discussed below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Bank or the Company. The Bank has not been audited by the IRS in over 10 years. For its 2007 taxable year, the Bank is subject to a maximum Federal income tax rate of 35%.

Distributions . Under the 1996 Act, if the Bank makes “non-dividend distributions” to the Company, such distributions will be considered to have been made from the Bank’s unrecaptured tax bad debt reserves (including the balance of its reserves as of December 31, 1987) to the extent thereof, and then from the Bank’s supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent thereof, and an amount based on the amount distributed (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) will be included in the Bank’s income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Bank’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for Federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock, and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. Dividends paid out of the Bank’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in the Bank’s income.

The amount of additional taxable income triggered by a non-dividend distribution is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Thus, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution to the Company, approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) would be includable in income for Federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% Federal corporate income tax rate. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.

Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) imposes a tax on alternative minimum taxable income (“AMTI”) at a rate of 20%. The excess of the bad debt reserve deduction using the percentage of taxable income method over the deduction that would have been allowable under the experience method is treated as a preference item for purposes of computing the AMTI. Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryovers of which the Bank currently has none. AMTI is increased by an amount equal to 75% of the amount by which the Bank’s adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined without regard to this preference and prior to reduction for net operating losses). The Bank does not expect to be subject to the AMTI.

Dividends Received Deduction and Other Matters . The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends received deduction is generally 70% in the case of dividends received from unaffiliated corporations with which the Company and the Bank will not file a consolidated tax return, except that if the Company or the Bank own more than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend then 80% of any dividends received may be deducted.

State and Local Taxation

New Jersey Taxation . The Bank files New Jersey income tax returns. For New Jersey income tax purposes, the Bank is subject to a tax rate of 9% of taxable income. For this purpose, “taxable income” generally means Federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments (including addition of interest income on State and municipal obligations).

The Bank was also subject to an Alternative Minimum Assessment (AMA) tax based on the larger of gross receipts or gross profits, as defined, from 2002 through 2006. This tax expired in 2007.

The Company is required to file a New Jersey income tax return because it does business in New Jersey. For New Jersey tax purposes, regular corporations are presently taxed at a rate equal to 9% of taxable income. However, if the Company meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company at a tax rate presently equal to 3.60% (40% of 9%) of taxable income.

 

29


Table of Contents

On February 6, 2006, the State of New Jersey published a regulation to disallow the dividends received deduction for the direct receipt of a dividend from a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) to its corporate parent. The regulation applies to dividends paid on and after February 6, 2006. The regulation may cause the Company’s effective state tax rate to increase by approximately 3.6% (2.34% after Federal benefit), however, the Company may be able to employ alternative tax planning strategies to mitigate this increase.

New York Taxation . The Bank is subject to New York State income tax. The tax is measured by “entire net income” which is Federal taxable income with adjustments.

Delaware Taxation . As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, the Company is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the State of Delaware.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Results of Operations and Financial Condition . The Bank’s ability to make a profit largely depends on net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. The interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Interest-bearing liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than interest-earning assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility, because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on interest-earning assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates causes increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that the Bank may not be able to reinvest the funds from faster prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally reduces prepayments. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.

Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of the interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. Unrealized net losses on securities-available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity. To the extent interest rates increase and the value of the available-for-sale portfolio decreases, stockholders’ equity will be adversely affected.

Increased emphasis on commercial lending may expose the Bank to increased lending risks . At December 31, 2007, $381.0 million, or 22.5%, of the Bank’s total loans consisted of commercial, multi-family and land real estate loans, and commercial business loans. This portfolio has grown in recent years and the Bank intends to continue to emphasize these types of lending. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of the Bank’s commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Bank to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential mortgage loan.

 

30


Table of Contents

A downturn in the local economy or a decline in real estate values could hurt profits . Most of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate or are made to businesses in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. As a result of this concentration, a downturn in the local economy could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would hurt profits. In prior years there has been a significant increase in real estate values in the Bank’s market area. A decline in real estate values could cause some mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose the Bank to a greater risk of loss.

The Bank operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations . The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Bank’s chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as insurer of deposits. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on operations.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses may be inadequate, which could hurt the Company’s earnings . The Company’s allowance for loan losses may prove to be inadequate to cover actual loan losses and if the Company is required to increase its allowance, current earnings may be reduced. When borrowers default and do not repay the loans that the Bank makes to them, the Company may lose money. The Company’s experience shows that some borrowers either will not pay on time or will not pay at all, which will require the Company to cancel or “charge-off” the defaulted loan or loans. The Company provides for losses by reserving what it believes to be an adequate amount to absorb any probable inherent losses. A “charge-off” reduces the Company’s reserve for possible loan losses. If the Company’s reserves were insufficient, it would be required to record a larger reserve, which would reduce earnings for that period.

The Bank may be required to repurchase mortgage loans for an Early Payment Default or a breach of representations and warranties, which could harm the Company’s earnings . The Bank’s subsidiary, Columbia, entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally required the repurchase of certain loans previously sold in the event of an Early Payment Default or a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. The repurchased mortgage loans could typically only be resold at a significant discount to the unpaid principal balance. The Bank maintains a reserve for repurchased loans, however, if repurchase activity is significant, the reserve may prove to be inadequate to cover actual losses which could harm future earnings.

In September 2007, all loan origination activity at Columbia was discontinued. A portion of Columbia’s loan production consisted of “subprime” loans, which are loans made to individuals whose borrowing needs are generally not fulfilled by traditional loan products because they do not satisfy the credit documentation or other underwriting standards prescribed by conventional mortgage lenders and loan buyers. In March 2007, Columbia discontinued the origination of sub-prime loans. In the event the Bank is required to repurchase a significant amount of subprime loans, the Bank may be required to hold such loans in portfolio for an extended period of time or to maturity, if such loans cannot be later resold. Subprime loans generally have a higher incidence of delinquency, foreclosure and bankruptcy, which may be substantially higher than that experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. Such risk associated with subprime loans may be increased during periods of economic slow-downs, increasing interest rates, and events that affect specifically the geographic areas in which the loans are made. Moreover, as many of the subprime loans made by Columbia have loan-to-value ratios of 100%, there would be little, if any, equity to fully recover the net carrying value of the loan in the event of default and foreclosure. In such event, the Company may be required to substantially increase

 

31


Table of Contents

its allowance for loan losses which would reduce earnings for that period. The Bank has entered into settlements with some investors which may limit the Bank’s obligation to repurchase mortgage loans for an Early Payment Default or a breach of a representation or warranty. For the year ended December 31, 2007 Columbia originated subprime loans of $38.6 million, or 16.0% of the total loans Columbia originated. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Columbia originated subprime loans of $299.8 million, or 41.2% of the total loans Columbia originated.

The Company’s mortgage servicing rights may become impaired which could hurt profits . Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Any impairment is recognized as a reduction to servicing fee income. In the event that loan prepayments increase due to increased loan refinancing, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights would likely decline.

The Company’s inability to achieve profitability on new branches may negatively affect earnings . The Bank continues to expand its presence within the market area through de novo branching. The profitability of this expansion strategy will depend on whether the income from the new branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating these branches. It is expected to take a period of time before these branches can become profitable. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect net income.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

Item 2. Properties

The Bank conducts its business through its administrative office, which includes a branch office, and 19 other full service offices located in Ocean, Monmouth and Middlesex Counties, and through a loan production office.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company and the Bank are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. Such other routine legal proceedings in the aggregate are believed by management to be immaterial to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following graph shows a comparison of total stockholder return on OceanFirst Financial Corp.’s common stock, based on the market price of the Company’s common stock with the cumulative total return of companies in the Nasdaq Market Index and the SNL Thrift Index for the period December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2007. The graph may not be indicative of possible future performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

32


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

     12/31/02    12/31/03    12/31/04    12/31/05    12/31/06    12/31/07

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

   100.00    124.94    117.40    112.22    117.07    84.56

All Nasdaq US Stocks

   100.00    149.52    162.72    166.18    182.57    197.98

SNL Thrift Index

   100.00    141.57    157.73    163.30    190.35    114.19

Notes:

A. The lines represent annual index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.

 

B. The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.

 

C. If the annual interval, based on the fiscal year end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.

 

D. The index level for all series was set to $100 on 12/31/02.

For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid a quarterly cash dividend of $.20 per share.

Information relating to the market for Registrant’s common equity and related stockholder matters appears under “Shareholder Information” on the Inside Back Cover in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

33


Table of Contents

Information regarding the Company’s common stock repurchases for the three month period ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:

 

Period

   Total
Number of

Shares
Purchased
   Average Price
Paid per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
   Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

October 1, 2007 through October 31, 2007

   -0-    —      -0-    489,062

November 1, 2007 through November 30, 2007

   -0-    —      -0-    489,062

December 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007

   -0-    —      -0-    489,062

On July 19, 2006, the Company announced its intention to repurchase up to 615,883 shares or 5% of its outstanding common stock.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The above-captioned information appears under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of the Company” in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders on pages 5 and 6 is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The above-captioned information appears under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders on pages 7 through 19 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The above captioned information appears under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Management of Interest Rate Risk” in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders on pages 17 through 19 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Consolidated Financial Statements of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and its subsidiary, together with the report thereon by KPMG LLP appears in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders on pages 20 through 37 and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

 

34


Table of Contents

(the “Exchange Act”). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

At December 31, 2006, the Company’s policies and procedures were not effective to provide for the proper evaluation and assessment of the adequacy of its reserve for repurchased loans at its mortgage banking subsidiary. Specifically, the Company lacked an effective process to ensure that the exercise of loan repurchase requests by purchasers of its loans were timely identified and incorporated properly in the analysis of its reserve for repurchased loans. This deficiency resulted in material misstatement in the Company’s reserve for repurchased loans and amounts recorded as a gain on sales of loans at December 31, 2006 and resulted in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected. These misstatements were corrected in the consolidated financial statements included in the December 31, 2006 Form 10-K.

During 2007, the Company implemented a remediation plan to address the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting which existed at December 31, 2006. To address the material weakness, during the first quarter of 2007, the Company enhanced its policies and procedures related to the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the reserve for repurchased loans. All repurchase requests received must be reported to a committee of senior officers at the Bank for evaluation and incorporation into the analysis of the reserve for repurchased loans. The Company proactively monitors the receipt of repurchase requests. Additionally, the Company’s mortgage banking subsidiary modified its mortgage loan product menu to eliminate the origination of subprime loans. Furthermore, the Company has taken disciplinary action against certain officers of the mortgage banking subsidiary responsible for not following established policies and procedures. Finally, in September 2007 the Bank discontinued all of the loan origination activity of Columbia.

Except as described above, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(b) Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appear in the Registrant’s 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders on pages 38 and 39 and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9B. Other Information

None

 

35


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information relating to directors, executive officers and corporate governance and the Registrant’s compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2008 at pages 3, 4, 8 through 9, and 30.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information relating to executive compensation required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2008 at pages 12 through 30.

OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”) approved new Employment Agreements between each of the Company and the Bank and Vito R. Nardelli. The employment agreements with Mr. Nardelli replace former change in control agreements with each of the Company and the Bank. In addition, each of the Company and the Bank approved amended and restated Employment Agreements with executive officers Michael J. Fitzpatrick and John R. Garbarino. Additionally, the Company and the Bank approved amended and restated Change in Control Agreements between each of the Company and the Bank and executive officers John K. Kelly and Joseph R. Iantosca. The terms of the amended and restated Employment Agreements and Change in Control Agreements are substantially similar to the current agreements with the executives, except that amendments were made to incorporate certain revisions required for the agreements to comply with the final regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each of the Company and Bank agreements is substantially the same as to form and are included as exhibits.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2008 at pages 5 through 7.

Information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans existing as of December 31, 2007 is as follows:

 

Plan category

   Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of

outstanding options,
warrants and rights (a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   1,385,203    $ 21.10    1,194,699

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        —      —  

Total

   1,385,203    $ 21.10    1,194,699

 

36


Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information relating to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 9, 2008 at pages 30 to 31.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information relating to the principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting to be held on May 9, 2008 at page 10.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are incorporated by reference to the following indicated pages of the 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders.

 

     PAGE

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   37

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006

   20

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   21

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   22

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   23

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   24-36

The remaining information appearing in the 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders is not deemed to be filed as part of this report, except as expressly provided herein.

 

(2) All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Richard S. Pardes (the sole stockholder of Columbia Home Loans, LLC) and Columbia Home Loans, LLC and OceanFirst Bank as buyer, dated June 27, 2000 (without exhibits) (2)
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (1)
3.2    Bylaws of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (6)
3.3    Certificate of Ownership Merging Ocean Interim, Inc. into OceanFirst Financial Corp. (6)
4.0    Stock Certificate of OceanFirst Financial Corp.(1)
10.1    Form of OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (1)
10.1(a)    Amendment to OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (3)
10.1(b)    Amended Employee Stock Ownership Plan (filed herewith)

 

37


Table of Contents
10.1(c)    Form of Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan (filed herewith)
10.2    OceanFirst Bank Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (1)
10.3    OceanFirst Bank 1995 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (1)
10.4    OceanFirst Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (1)
10.5    OceanFirst Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (1)
10.8    Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan (4)
10.9    Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers, including Robert M. Pardes (1)
10.10    Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain executive officers, including Robert M. Pardes (1)
10.13    2000 Stock Option Plan (5)
10.14    Form of Employment Agreement between Columbia Home Loans, LLC and Robert M. Pardes (6)
10.15    Amendment of the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan (7)
10.16    Form of OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan Non-Statutory Option Award Agreement (9)
10.17    Form of Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan Stock Award Agreement (9)
10.18    Amendment and form of OceanFirst Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan (10)
10.19    Form of OceanFirst Financial Corp. Deferred Incentive Compensation Award Program (11)
10.20    2006 Stock Incentive Plan (12)
10.21    Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain executive
   officers, including Michael J. Fitzpatrick, John R. Garbarino and Vito R. Nardelli (filed
   herewith)
10.22    Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers, including Michael J. Fitzpatrick, John R. Garbarino and Vito R. Nardelli (filed herewith)
10.23    Form of Change in Control Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain
   executive officers, including John K. Kelly and Joseph R. Iantosca (filed herewith)
10.24    Form of Change in Control Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers, including John K. Kelly and Joseph R. Iantosca (filed herewith)
13.0    Portions of 2007 Annual Report to Stockholders (filed herewith)
14.0    OceanFirst Financial Corp. Code of Ethics and Standards of Personal Conduct (8)
21.0    Subsidiary information is incorporated herein by reference to “Part I - Subsidiaries”
23.0    Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith)
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(c) Certification of Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith)
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(c) Certification of Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith)
32.1    Section 1350 Certifications (filed herewith)

 

(1) Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form S-1, Registration Statement, effective May 13, 1996 as amended, Registration No. 33-80123.
(2) Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2000.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 25, 1997.
(4) Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 19, 1998.
(5) Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 17, 2000.
(6) Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 23, 2003.
(7) Incorporated herein by reference from the Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 21, 2003.
(8) Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2004.
(9) Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005
(10) Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2005
(11) Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2006
(12) Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 14, 2006.

 

38


Table of Contents

CONFORMED

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp.
By:  

/s/ John R. Garbarino

  John R. Garbarino
 

Chairman of the Board, President

and Chief Executive Officer and Director

 
 
 
Date:   March 7, 2008

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

       

Date

/s/ John R. Garbarino

    March 7, 2008
John R. Garbarino    

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Michael J. Fitzpatrick

    March 7, 2008
Michael J. Fitzpatrick    

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

   
(principal accounting and financial officer)    

/s/ Joseph J. Burke

    March 7, 2008
Joseph J. Burke    
Director    

/s/ Angelo Catania

    March 7, 2008
Angelo Catania    
Director    

/s/ Carl Feltz, Jr.

    March 7, 2008
Carl Feltz, Jr.    
Director    

 

39


Table of Contents

/s/ John W. Chadwick

    March 7, 2008
John W. Chadwick    
Director    

/s/ Donald E. McLaughlin

    March 7, 2008
Donald E. McLaughlin    
Director    

/s/ Diane F. Rhine

    March 7, 2008
Diane F. Rhine    
Director    

/s/ John E. Walsh

    March 7, 2008
John E. Walsh    
Director    

 

40

Exhibit 10.1(b)

OceanFirst Bank

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Effective January 1, 2001

(as amended and restated through December 31, 2006)


OceanFirst Bank

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Table of Contents

 

          Page
Section 1    Introduction    1
Section 2    Definitions    3
Section 3    Eligibility and Participation    11
Section 4    Contributions    13
Section 5    Plan Accounting    16
Section 6    Vesting    24
Section 7    Distributions    27
Section 8    Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers    32
Section 9    The Committee and Plan Administration    33
Section 10    Rules Governing Benefit Claims    37
Section 11    The Trust    38
Section 12    Adoption, Amendment and Termination    39
Section 13    General Provisions    41
Section 14    Top-Heavy Provisions    43


OceanFirst Bank

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Section 1

Introduction

Section 1.01 Nature of the Plan.

OceanFirst Bank, formerly Ocean Federal Savings Bank (the “Bank”), originally adopted the OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, formerly known as the Ocean Federal Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 1996.

The Plan was amended and restated most recently effective as of January 1, 2001, to comply with requirements of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000. The Plan received a favorable determination letter from the IRS on July 15, 2002.

The January 1, 2001, amendment and restatement included certain provisions intended to constitute good faith compliance with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). Except as otherwise provided, provisions related to EGTRRA are effective as of the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Plan is amended and restated to include amendments reflecting statutory provisions and associated guidance listed in IRS Notice 2005-101. In addition, effective as of December 27, 2006, the matching contribution feature of the Plan is being spun off and renamed the OceanFirst Bank Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The spinoff and related transfer of trust assets attributable to matching contributions is intended to enable the Plan to satisfy requirements of Code Section 401(a)(35)(E)(ii) beginning in the 2007 Plan Year.

The Bank sponsors the Plan to enable Eligible Employees (as defined in Section 2.01(r) of the Plan) to acquire stock ownership interests in OceanFirst Financial Corp., the holding company of the Bank (the “Company”). The Bank intends this Plan to be a tax-qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is designed to invest primarily in the common stock of the Company, which stock constitutes “qualifying employer securities” within the meaning of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA and Sections 409(1) and 4975(e)(8) of the Code. Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement (as defined in Section 2.01(rr) of the Plan) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the Bank’s intent for it to be a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities.

 

1


Section 1.02 Employers and Affiliates.

The Bank and each of its Affiliates (as defined in Section 2.01(c) of the Plan) that adopt the Plan with the consent of the Bank and pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.01 of the Plan are collectively referred to as the “Employers” and individually as an “Employer.” The Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers.

 

2


Section 2

Definitions

Section 2.01 Definitions.

In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the singular or the plural number and the masculine or feminine gender shall be deemed to include the other, the terms “he,” “his,” and “him,” shall refer to a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, and, except as otherwise provided, or unless the context otherwise requires, the capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Account” or “Accounts” mean a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Company Stock Account and/or his Other Investments Account, as the context so requires.

(b) “Acquisition Loan” means a loan (or other extension of credit, including an installment obligation to a “party in interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA)) incurred by the Trustee in connection with the purchase of Company Stock.

(c) “Affiliate” means any corporation, trade or business, which, at the time of reference, is together with the Bank, a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control, or an affiliated service group, as described in Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code, respectively, or any other organization treated as a single employer with the Bank under Section 414(o) of the Code; provided, however, that, where the context so requires, the term “Affiliate” shall be construed to give full effect to the provisions of Sections 409(1)(4) and 415(h) of the Code.

(d) “Bank” means OceanFirst Bank and any entity that succeeds to the business of OceanFirst Bank and adopts this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 of the Plan or by written agreement assuming the obligations under the Plan.

(e) “Beneficiary” means the person(s) entitled to receive benefits under the Plan, pursuant to Section 7.03 of the Plan, following a Participant’s death.

(f) “Change in Control” means, with respect to the Bank or the Company, an event of a nature that; (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 20% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities of the Bank purchased by the Company in connection with the conversion of the Bank to the stock form, securities purchased by any tax qualified employee

 

3


benefit plan of the Bank or securities acquired by the OceanFirst Foundation; or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Bank or Company is not the resulting entity; or (D) solicitations of shareholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or Bank or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan or transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company shall be distributed; or (E) a tender offer is made for 51 % or more of the voting securities of the Bank or the Company.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means the individual(s) responsible for the administration of the Plan in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan.

(i) “Company” means OceanFirst Financial Corp. and any entity which succeeds to the business of OceanFirst Financial Corp.

(j) “Company Stock” means shares of the voting common stock or preferred stock, meeting the requirements of Section 409 of the Code and Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA, issued by the Company or its Affiliates.

(k) “Company Stock Account” means the account established and maintained in the name of each Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock.

(l) “Compensation” means

(i) an Employee’s regular basic monthly salary or wages.

(ii) Notwithstanding the above, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the employee under Sections 125 and 402(e)(3), but shall exclude overtime, bonuses, fees and special payments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent this definition of compensation does not satisfy the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code for any particular Plan Year, then, for that Plan Year, Compensation shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3) of the Treasury Regulations. For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2002, Participant’s Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 (as periodically adjusted pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code). For Plan Years after December 31, 2001, a Participant’s Compensation shall not exceed $200,000 (as

 

4


periodically adjusted pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code). If a Participant’s Compensation is determined on the basis of a period of less than twelve (12) calendar months, then the Compensation limit for such Participant shall be the limit in effect for the Plan Year in which the period begins, multiplied by a ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by twelve (12).

(m) “Disability” means a condition which renders the Participant totally and permanently disabled due to sickness or injury, such disability is likely to be continuous and permanent, and renders the Participant unable to continue a like gainful occupation. In any event, the Committee’s good faith decision as to whether a Participant’s Service has been terminated by Disability shall be final and conclusive.

(n) “Early Retirement Age” means the date a Participant attains age 55 with ten (10) Years of Service with an Employer.

(o) “Early Retirement Date” means the first day of the month following the date the Participant attains Early Retirement Age.

(p) “Effective Date” means January 1, 2006, as amended and restated, except as otherwise provided for in Section 1.01 of the Plan.

(q) “Eligibility , Computation Period” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period. An Employee’s first Eligibility Computation Period shall begin on the date he first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (“employment commencement date”). Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year that includes the first anniversary date of the Employee’s employment commencement date. To determine the first Eligibility Computation Period after a One Year Break in Service, the Plan shall use the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the date the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

(r) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee who is not precluded from participating in the Plan by reason of the provisions of Section 3.02 of the Plan.

(s) “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Bank or an Affiliate in any capacity, any portion of whose income is subject to withholding of income tax and/or for whom Social Security contributions are made by the Bank or an Affiliate, as well as any other person qualifying as a common-law employee of the Bank or an Affiliate, except that such term shall not include:

(i) Any individual who performs services for the Bank or an Affiliate and who is classified and paid as an independent contractor (regardless of his classification for federal tax or other legal purposes) by the Bank or an Affiliate, and

(ii) Any individual, whether a “leased employee” (within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code) or otherwise, who pursuant to an agreement with the Employer and any other person, including a leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least

 

5


one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction and control of the Employer.

(t) “Employer” or “Employers” means the Bank and any of its Affiliates that adopt the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.01 of the Plan, and any entity that succeeds to the business of the Bank or its Affiliates and adopts the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 of the Plan or by written agreement assumes the obligations under the Plan.

(u) “Entry Date” means the first day of each January and July coinciding with or next following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements under Section 3.01 of the Plan.

(v) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(w) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(x) “Financed Shares” means shares of Company Stock acquired by the Trustee with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan, which shall constitute “qualifying employer securities” under Section 409(1) of the Code and any shares of Company Stock received upon conversion or exchange of such shares.

(y) “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who, for a particular Plan Year, satisfies one of the following conditions:

(i) was a “5-percent owner” (as defined in Section 414(q)(2) of the Code) during the year or the preceding year, or

(ii) for the preceding year had “compensation” (as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code) from the Bank and its Affiliates exceeding $80,000 (as periodically adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code).

(z) “Hours of Service” means:

(i) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the Employer during the applicable computation period.

(ii) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for a period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no credit shall be given to the Employee for:

(A) more than 501 hours under this clause (ii) because of any single continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

(B) an hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, because of a period in which no duties are performed if such payment is

 

6


made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker’s or workmen’s compensation, or unemployment, or disability insurance laws; or

(C) an hour or a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically-related expenses incurred by the Employee.

(iii) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer; provided, however, that hours credited under either clause (i) or (ii) above shall not also be credited under this clause (iii). Crediting of hours for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in clause (ii) above will be subject to the limitations set forth in that clause.

The crediting of Hours of Service shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 2530.200b-2 of the regulations prescribed by the Department of Labor, which rules shall be consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job classification. If an Employer finds it impracticable to count actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly period in which he has at least an Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service only for his normal working hours during a paid absence. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with an Affiliate.

For purposes of determining whether an Employee has incurred a One Year Break in Service and for vesting and participation purposes, if an Employee begins a maternity/paternity leave of absence described in Section 411(a)(6)(E)(i) of the Code, his Hours of Service shall include the Hours of Service that would have been credited to him if he had not been so absent (or 45 Hours of Service for each week of such absence if the actual Hours of Service cannot be determined). An Employee shall be credited for such Hours of Service (up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service) in the Plan Year in which his absence begins (if such crediting will prevent him from incurring a One Year Break in Service in such Plan Year) or, in all other cases, in the following Plan Year. An absence from employment for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

(i) by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,

(ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the Employee,

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or

(iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

(aa) “Loan Suspense Account” means that portion Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock acquired with an Acquisition Loan which has not yet been allocated to the Participants’ Accounts.

(bb) “Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-five (65).

 

7


(cc) “Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

(dd) “One Year Break in Service” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period during which the Participant does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

(ee) “One Year Period of Severance” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period following an Employee’s termination of Service with the Employer during which the Employee did not perform an Hour of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee is absent from employment for maternity or paternity reasons, such absence during the twenty-four (24) month period commencing on the first date of such absence shall not constitute a One Year Period of Severance. An absence from employment for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

(i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee;

(ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee;

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee; or

(iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

(ff) “Other Investments Account” means the account established and maintained in the name of each Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust Fund, other than Company Stock.

(gg) “Participant” means any active Employee who has become a participant in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Plan or any other person with an Account balance under the Plan.

(hh) “Period of Service” means a period commencing on the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer upon initial employment or, if applicable, upon reemployment, and ending on the date such Employee first incurs a Termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the period between the first and second anniversary of the first date of a maternity or paternity absence described under Section 2.01(ee) of the Plan shall not be included in determining a Period of Service. A period during which an individual was not employed by the Employer shall nevertheless be deemed to be a Period of Service if such individual incurred a Termination of Service and:

(i) such Termination of Service was the result of resignation, discharge or retirement and such individual is reemployed by the Employer within one(1) year after such Termination of Service; or

(ii) such Termination of Service occurred when the individual was otherwise absent for less than one (1) year and he was reemployed by the Employer within one (1) year of the date such absence began.

 

8


All Periods of Service not disregarded under Section 6.03 of the Plan shall be aggregated. Whenever used in the Plan, a Period of Service means the quotient obtained by dividing the days in all Periods of Service not disregarded hereunder by 365 and disregarding any fractional remainder.

(ii) “Plan” means this OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time.

(jj) “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

(kk) “Postponed Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following a Participant’s date of actual retirement which occurs after his Normal Retirement Date.

(ll) “Recognized Absence” means a period for which:

(i) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period of time, but only if an Employer grants such leaves of absence on a nondiscriminatory basis to all Eligible Employees; or

(ii) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in the business conditions of the Employer; or

(iii) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. sec. 2021).

(mm) “Retirement Date” means a Participant’s Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Postponed Retirement Date, whichever is applicable.

(nn) “Service” means employment with the Bank or an Affiliate.

(oo) “Termination of Service” means the earlier of (a) the date on which an Employee’s Service is terminated by reason of his resignation, retirement, discharge, death or Disability or (b) the first anniversary date on which such Employee’s service for disability of a short-term nature or any other reason. Service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall not constitute a Termination of Service but shall be considered to be a period of employment by the Employer provided (i) such military service is caused by war or other emergency or the Employee is required to serve under the laws of conscription in a time of peace, (ii) the Employee returns to employment with the Employer within six (6) months following discharge from such military service, and (iii) such Employee is reemployed by the Employer at a time when the Employee had a right to reemployment at his former position or substantially similar position upon separation from such military duty in accordance with seniority rights as protected under the laws of the United States. A leave of absence granted to an Employee by the Employer shall not constitute a Termination of Service provided that the Participant returns to the active service of the Employer at the expiration of any such period for which leave has been granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is absent from service with the Employer beyond the first anniversary of the first date of his absence for maternity or paternity reasons set

 

9


forth in Section 2.01(ee) of the Plan shall incur a Termination of Service for purposes of the Plan on the second anniversary of the date of such absence.

(pp) “Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of the Treasury under the Code.

(qq) “Trust” means the trust agreement(s) created in connection with the operation of this Plan.

(rr) “Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement establishing the Trust.

(ss) “Trust Fund” means the assets held in the Trust for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(tt) “Trustee” means the trustee or trustees from time to time in office under the Trust Agreement.

(uu) “Valuation Date” means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Trust Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

(vv) “Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

(ww) “Year of Service” means an applicable twelve month period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service, for eligibility and vesting purposes in Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002. With respect to the vesting provisions of the Plan, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Year of Service means a one year Period of Service.

 

10


Section 3

Eligibility and Participation

Section 3.01 Participation.

(a) Participants as of the Effective Date . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, since this Plan is a restatement of an existing plan, all Employees and all former Employees who were Participants in the plan and who have an Account balance on the date of restatement shall remain Participants in this Plan. Any former Employee who was a Participant in the Plan prior to its restatement and who received a distribution of his entire nonforfeitable Account balance on account of termination of Service may become eligible to participate in this Plan upon re-employment either as a newly-hired Employee or by satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of Section 3.04 of the Plan.

(b) Other Employees . An Eligible Employee who is not a Participant as of the Effective Date of the Plan shall become eligible to enter the Plan upon the completion of one (1) Year of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the Contrary, Service with Columbia Home Loans, LLC, formerly known as Columbia Equities, Ltd., prior to August 14, 2000 shall be counted for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan.

(c) An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.01 shall enter the Plan and become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date he satisfies such requirements.

Section 3.02 Certain Employees Ineligible.

The following Employees are ineligible to participate in the Plan:

(a) Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if:

(i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative, and

(ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not expressly provide that Employees of such unit be covered under the Plan;

(b) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income from an Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States; and

(c) Employees of an Affiliate that has not adopted the Plan pursuant to Section 12.01 or Section 12.02 of the Plan.

Section 3.03 Transfer to and from Eligible Employment.

(a) If an Employee, ineligible to participate in the Plan by reason of Section 3.02 of the Plan, transfers to employment as an Eligible Employee, he shall enter the Plan as of the later of:

 

11


(i) the first Entry Date after the date of transfer, or

(ii) the first Entry Date on which he could have become a Participant pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Plan if his prior employment with the Bank or Affiliate had been as an Eligible Employee.

(b) If a Participant transfers to a position of employment that is not eligible to participate in the Plan by reason of Section 3.02 of the Plan, he shall cease active participation in the Plan as of the date of such transfer and his transfer shall be treated for all purposes of the Plan as any other termination of Service.

Section 3.04 Participation After Reemployment.

(a) Any Employee re-entering Service with an Employer after a One Year Break in Service who has never satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan shall not receive credit for prior Service with an Employer and shall be required to meet the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan before becoming a Participant.

(b) An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan, but who terminates Service prior to entering the Plan and becoming a Participant in accordance with Section 3.01(c) of the Plan, will become a Participant on the later of:

(i) the first Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan had he not terminated Service, or

(ii) the date he re-commences Service.

(c) A Participant whose Service terminates will re-enter the Plan as a Participant on the date he recommences Service, provided the Participant returns to Service prior to incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service. A Participant who terminates Service and then returns to Service following five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service shall not receive credit for prior Service with an Employer and shall be required to meet the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan before again becoming a Participant.

Section 3.05 Participation Not Guarantee of Employment.

Participation in the Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract of employment and will not give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Bank or any of its Affiliates nor any right or claim to any benefit under the terms of the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.

 

12


Section 4

Contributions

Section 4.01 Employer Contributions.

(a) Discretionary Contributions . Each Plan Year, each Employer, in its discretion, may make a contribution to the Trust. Each Employer making a contribution for any Plan Year under this Section 4.01(a) will contribute to the Trustee cash equal to, or Company Stock or other property having an aggregate fair market value equal to, such amount as the Board of Directors of the Employer shall determine by resolution. Notwithstanding the Employer’s discretion with respect to the medium of contribution, an Employer shall not make a contribution in any medium which would make such contribution a prohibited transaction (for which no exemption is provided) under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

(b) Employer Contributions for Acquisition Loans . Each Plan Year, the Employers shall, subject to any regulatory prohibitions, contribute an amount of cash (including amounts contributed under paragraph (c) of this Section 4.01) sufficient to enable the Trustee to discharge any indebtedness incurred with respect to an Acquisition Loan pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Loan. The Employers’ obligation to make contributions under this Section 4.01(b) shall be reduced to the extent of any investment earnings attributable to such contributions and any cash dividends paid with respect to Company Stock held by the Trustee in the Loan Suspense Account. If there is more than one Acquisition Loan, the Employers shall designate the one to which any contribution pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) is to be applied.

(c) Employer Matching Contributions under the Savings Plan . For each Plan Year prior to the 2007 Plan Year, each Employer, in its discretion, may make a contribution to the Trust equal to a percentage of the Employee’s voluntary contributions made for the Plan Year under the Savings Plan (as defined below). Each Employer making a contribution for any Plan Year under this Section 4.01(c) shall contribute to the Trustee cash equal to, or Company Stock or other property having an aggregate fair market value equal to, such amount as the Board of Directors of the employer shall determine by resolution or as shall be set forth pursuant to a formula under the Savings Plan, as applicable. Notwithstanding the Employer’s discretion with respect to the medium of contribution, an Employer shall not make a contribution in any medium which would make such contribution a prohibited transaction (for which no exemption is provided) under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For purposes of this Plan, “Savings Plan” means a defined contribution tax-qualified retirement plan sponsored by the Employer under which Participants may defer compensation pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.

Section 4.02 Limitations on Contributions.

In no event shall an Employer’s contribution(s) made under Section 4.01 of the Plan for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

(a) The maximum amount deductible under Section 404 of the Code by that Employer as an expense for Federal income tax purposes; and

(b) The maximum amount which can be credited for that Plan Year in accordance with the allocation limitation provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

 

13


Section 4.03 Acquisition Loans.

The Trustee may incur Acquisition Loans from time to time to finance the acquisition of Company Stock for the Trust or to repay a prior Acquisition Loan. An Acquisition Loan shall be for a specific term, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, and shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall be primarily for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan. An Acquisition Loan may be secured by a collateral pledge of the Financed Shares so acquired and any other Plan assets which are permissible securities within the provisions of Section 54.4975-7(b) of the Treasury Regulations. No other assets of the Plan or Trust may be pledged as collateral for an Acquisition Loan, and no lender shall have recourse against any other Trust assets. Any pledge of Financed Shares must provide for the release of shares so pledged on a basis equal to the principal and interest (or if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), paid by the Trustee on the Acquisition Loan. The released Financed Shares shall be allocated to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 or Section 5.08 of the Plan, whichever is applicable. Payment of principal and interest on any Acquisition Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from the Employer contributions paid in cash to enable the Trustee to repay such loan in accordance with Section 4.01(b) of the Plan, from earnings attributable to such contributions, and any cash dividends received by the Trustee on Financed Shares acquired with the proceeds of the Acquisition Loan (including contributions, earnings and dividends received during or prior to the year of repayment, less such payments in prior years), whether or not allocated. Financed Shares shall initially be credited to the Loan Suspense Account and shall be transferred for allocation to the Company Stock Accounts of Participants only as payments of principal and interest (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan are made by the Trustee. The number of Financed Shares to be released from the Loan Suspense Account for allocation to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts for each Plan Year shall be based on the ratio that the payments of principal and interest (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year bear to the sum of the payments of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year plus the total remaining payments of principal and interest projected (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan over the duration of the Acquisition Loan repayment period, subject to the provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Section 4.04 Conditions as to Contributions.

Any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date on which the Employer originally made such contribution, or within one (1) year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account for any adverse investment experience within the Trust in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Accounts is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made by the Employer.

 

14


Section 4.05 Employee Contributions.

Employee contributions are neither required nor permitted under the Plan.

Section 4.06 Rollover Contributions.

Rollover contributions of assets from other tax-qualified retirement plans are not permitted under the Plan.

Section 4.07 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfers.

Trustee-to-trustee transfers of assets from other tax-qualified retirement plans are not permitted under the Plan.

 

15


Section 5

Plan Accounting

Section 5.01 Accounting for Allocations.

The Committee shall establish the Accounts (and sub-accounts, if deemed necessary) for each Participant, and the accounting procedures for purposes of making allocations to the Participants’ Accounts provided for in this Section 5. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of the cost basis of shares of Company Stock allocated to each Participant’s Company Stock Account. The Committee also shall keep separate records of Financed Shares attributable to each Acquisition Loan and of contributions made by the Employers (and any earnings thereon) made for the purpose of enabling the Trustee to repay any Acquisition Loan. From time to time, the Committee may modify its accounting procedures for the purpose of achieving equitable and nondiscriminatory allocations among the Participants’ Accounts, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5 and the applicable requirements of the Code and ERISA. In accordance with Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may delegate the responsibility for maintaining Accounts and records.

Section 5.02 Maintenance of Participants’ Company Stock Accounts.

As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall adjust the Company Stock Account of each Participant to reflect activity during the Valuation Period as follows:

(a) First, charge to each Participant’s Company Stock Account all distributions, payments and expenses that have not been previously charged;

(b) Next, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock, if any, that have been purchased with amounts from his Other Investments Account, and adjust such Other Investments Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Plan; and

(c) Next, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock representing contributions made by the Employers in the form of Company Stock and the number of Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account under Section 4.03 of the Plan that are to be allocated and credited as of that date in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 of the Plan; and

(d) Finally, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account that are to be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.09 of the Plan.

Section 5.03 Maintenance of Participants’ Other Investments Accounts.

As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall adjust the Other Investments Account of each Participant to reflect activity during the Valuation Period as follows:

(a) First, charge to each Participant’s Other Investments Account all distributions, payments and expenses that have not previously been charged;

 

16


(b) Next, if Company Stock is purchased with assets from a Participant’s Other Investments Account, the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be charged accordingly;

(c) Next, subject to the dividend provisions of Section 5.08 of the Plan, credit to the Other Investments Account of each Participant any cash dividends paid to the Trustee on shares of Company Stock held in that Participant’s Company Stock Account (as of the record date for such cash dividends) and dividends paid on shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account that have not been used to repay any Acquisition Loan. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.08 of the Plan, cash dividends that have not been used to repay an Acquisition Loan and have been credited to a Participant’s Other Investments Account shall, from time to time, be applied by the Trustee to purchase shares of Company Stock, which shares shall then be credited to the Company Stock Account of such Participant. The Participant’s Other Investments Account shall then be charged by the amount of cash used to purchase such Company Stock or used to repay any Acquisition Loan. In addition, any earnings on:

(i) Other Investments Accounts will be allocated to Participants’ Other Investments Accounts, pro rata, based on such Other Investment Account balances as of the first day of the Valuation Period, and

(ii) The Loan Suspense Account, other than dividends used to repay the Acquisition Loan, will be allocated to Participants’ Other Investments Accounts, pro rata, based on their Other Investment Account balances as of the first day of the Valuation Period.

(d) Next, allocate and credit the Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of the Plan for the purpose of repaying any Acquisition Loan in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Plan. Such amount shall then be used to repay any Acquisition Loan and each Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be charged accordingly; and

(e) Next, allocate and credit the Employer contributions (other than amounts contributed to repay an Acquisition Loan) that are made in cash (or property other than Company Stock) for the Plan Year to the Other Investments Account of each Participant in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Plan; and

(f) Finally, credit to each Participant’s Other Investments Account the proceeds from the disposition of shares of Company Stock from the Loan Suspense Account that are to be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.09 of the Plan.

Section 5.04 Allocation and Crediting of Employer Contributions.

(a) Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5.08 and Section 5.09 of the Plan, as of the Valuation Date for each Plan Year:

(i) Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account for that year and shares of Company Stock contributed directly to the Plan shall be allocated and credited to each Active Participant’s Account (as defined in paragraph Section 5.04(b) of this Section 5.04) as follows:

 

17


(A) first, for each Plan Year prior to the 2007 Plan Year, the number of shares of Company Stock with a fair market value (valued as of the last day of each calendar quarter) equal to the matching contributions made under Section 4.01(c) of the Plan on behalf of an Active Participant shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Company Stock Account (and a matching contribution sub-account); and then

(B) the remaining number of shares of Company Stock that bears the same ratio as the Active Participant’s Compensation while a Participant bears to the aggregate Compensation of all Active Participants (while Participants) for the Plan Year shall be credited to such Active Participant’s Company Stock Account.

(ii) The cash contributions not used to repay an Acquisition Loan and any other property (other than shares of Company Stock) contributed for that year shall be allocated and credited to each Active Participant’s Account as follows:

(A) first, cash contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the Plan shall be allocated to each Participant’s Other Investments Account; and then

(B) additional cash contributions shall be allocated to each Participant’s Other Investments Account based on the ratio determined by comparing each Active Participant’s Compensation while a Participant to the aggregate Compensation of all Active Participants (while Participants) for the Plan Year.

(b) For purposes of this Section 5.04, the term “Active Participant” means those Employees who:

(i) completed 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and

(ii) were employed by an Employer, including Employees on a Recognized Absence, on the last day of the Plan Year or terminated employment during the Plan Year by reason of death, Disability, or attainment of their Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant shall be considered an Active Participant for purposes of allocations of matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the Plan if the Participant would otherwise be eligible for an allocation of matching contributions under the Savings Plan.

Section 5.05 Limitations on Allocations.

(a) In General . Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.05, Section 415 of the Code shall be incorporated by reference into the terms of the Plan. No allocation shall be made under Section 5.04 of the Plan that would result in a violation of Section 415 of the Code.

(b) Code Section 415 Compensation . For purposes of this Section 5.05, Compensation shall be adjusted to reflect the general rule of Section 1.415-2(d) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

18


Limitation Year . The “limitation year” (within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code) shall be the calendar year. For limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, for purposes of applying the limitations described in this Section 5.05 and as required by Section 415 of the Code, Compensation paid or made available under such limitation years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Section 132(f) of the Code.

(c) Multiple Defined Contribution Plans . In any case where a Participant also participates in another defined contribution plan of the Bank or its Affiliates, the appropriate committee of such other plan shall first reduce the after-tax contributions under any such plan, shall then reduce any elective deferrals under any such plan subject to Section 401(k) of the Code, shall then reduce all other contributions under any other such plan and, if necessary, shall then reduce contributions under this Plan, subject to the provisions of paragraph Section 5.05(d) of this Section 5.05.

(d) Excess Allocations . If, after applying the allocation provisions under Section 5.04 of the Plan, allocations under Section 5.04 of the Plan would otherwise result in a Participant’s account being in violation of Section 415 of the Code, the Committee shall reduce the Employer contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for that Participant if that Participant is covered by the Plan as of the end of the limitation year. However, if that Participant is not covered by the Plan as of the end of the limitation year, then the excess amounts shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for the limitation year and allocated and reallocated in the next limitation year to all the remaining Participants in the Plan; furthermore, the excess amounts shall be used to reduce Employer contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for all the remaining Participants in the Plan.

(e) Allocations Pursuant to Section 5.09 . For purposes of this Section 5.05, no amount credited to any Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Plan shall be counted as an “annual addition” for purposes of Section 415 of the Code.

Section 5.06 Other Limitations.

Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.05 of the Plan, in no event shall more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for any Plan Year be allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees. In order to ensure such allocations are not made, the Committee shall, beginning with the Participants whose Compensation exceeds the limit then in effect under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, reduce the amount of Compensation of such Highly Compensated Employees on a pro-rata basis per individual that would otherwise be taken into account for purposes of allocating benefits under Section 5.04 of the Plan. If, in order to satisfy this Section 5.06, any such Participant’s Compensation must be reduced to an amount that is lower than the Compensation of the next highest paid (based on such Participant’s Compensation) Highly Compensated Employee (the “breakpoint amount”), then, for purposes of allocating benefits under Section 5.04 of the Plan, the Compensation of all concerned Participants shall be reduced to an amount not to exceed such breakpoint amount.

 

19


Section 5.07 Limitations as to Certain Section 1042 Transactions.

To the extent that a shareholder of Company Stock sells qualifying Company Stock to the Plan and elects (with the consent of the Bank) nonrecognition of gain under Section 1042 of the Code, no portion of the Company Stock purchased in such nonrecognition transaction (or dividends or other income attributable thereto) may accrue or be allocated during the nonallocation period (the ten (10) year period beginning on the later of the date of the sale of the qualified Company Stock or the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of an Acquisition Loan incurred in connection with such sale) for the benefit of:

(a) The selling shareholder;

(b) The spouse, brothers or sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), ancestors or lineal descendants of the selling shareholder or descendant referred to in (a) above; or

(c) Any other person who owns, after application of Section 318(a) of the Code, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of

(i) any class of outstanding stock of the Bank or any Affiliate, or

(ii) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of the Bank or any Affiliate.

For purposes of this Section 5.07, Section 318(a) of the Code shall be applied without regard to the employee trust exception of Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.

Section 5.08 Dividends.

(a) Stock Dividends . Dividends on Company Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Company Stock shall be retained in the portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock, and shall be allocated among Participants’ Accounts and the Loan Suspense Account in accordance with their holdings of the Company Stock on which the dividends have been paid.

(b) Cash Dividends on Allocated Shares . Dividends on Company Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be, at the direction of the Bank, either be:

(i) credited to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Plan and invested as part of the Trust Fund;

(ii) distributed immediately to the Participants;

(iii) distributed to the Participants within ninety (90) days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid; or

(iv) used to repay first principal and then, if available, interest on the Acquisition Loan used to acquire Company Stock on which the dividends were paid.

 

20


In addition to the above methods of treating dividends on allocated shares, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, at the sole discretion of the Committee, Participants may elect that dividends on Company Stock credited to their Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall either be:

(v) paid to the Plan and reinvested in Company Stock and credited to the Participant’s Account;

(vi) distributed in cash to the Participant; or

(vii) distributed to the Participant within ninety (90) days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid.

Dividends subject to an election under this paragraph (and any Stock acquired therewith pursuant to a Participant’s election) shall at all times be fully vested. To the extent the Committee allows elections pursuant to this Section, the Committee will establish policies and procedures consistent with guidance issued under Section 404(k) of the Code or which the Committee believes is consistent with the provisions of Section 404(k) of the Code in the absence of relevant regulatory guidance.

(c) Cash Dividends on Unallocated Shares . Dividends on Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be applied as soon as practicable to payments of first principal and then, if available, interest under the Acquisition Loan incurred with the purchase of the Company Stock.

(d) Financed Shares . Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account by reason of dividends paid with respect to such Company Stock shall be allocated under Section 5.03 and Section 5.04 of the Plan as follows:

(i) First, Financed Shares with a fair market value at least equal to the dividends paid with respect to the Company Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be allocated among and credited to the Accounts of such Participants, pro rata, according to the number of shares of Company Stock held in such accounts on the date such dividend is declared by the Company;

(ii) Then, any remaining Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account by reason of dividends paid with respect to Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated among and credited to the Accounts of all Participants, pro rata, according to each Participant’s Compensation.

Section 5.09 Change in Control Provisions.

(a) Upon a Change in Control, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a sufficient number of shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account, and the proceeds of such sale or disposition shall be used to repay in full any outstanding Acquisition Loan of the Plan. After repayment of any Acquisition Loans, all remaining shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account and any cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account shall be

 

21


allocated among the Accounts of all Affected Participants (as defined below). Such allocation of shares or cash proceeds shall be credited as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs to the Accounts of each Participant who is either in active Service with an Employer immediately preceding the date on which the Change in Control occurs or is on a Recognized Absence immediately preceding the date on which the Change in Control occurs (each an “Affected Participant”), in proportion to the opening balances in their Accounts as of the first day of the current Valuation Period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Section 5.09 may not be amended on or after the effective date of a Change in Control, unless required by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition of the continued treatment of the Plan as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(c) This Section 5.09 shall have no force and effect unless the price paid for the Company Stock in connection with the Change in Control is greater than the average basis of the unallocated Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account as of the date of the Change in Control.

Section 5.10 Nondiscrimination Test for Matching Contributions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall meet the nondiscrimination test of Section 401(m) of the Code for each Plan Year. In order to meet the nondiscrimination test, any or all of the following steps may be taken:

(i) At any time during the Plan Year, the Committee may limit the amount of matching contributions that may be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees;

(ii) The Committee may distribute to Highly Compensated Employees the excess aggregate contributions made for the Plan Year, to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section 401(m) of Code, on the basis of the amount of contributions on behalf of, or by, each Highly Compensated Employee;

(iii) The Committee may recommend to the Board of Directors of the Bank that the Employer make an additional matching contribution to the Plan for the benefit of Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code; and

(iv) The Committee may take any other steps that the Committee deems appropriate.

(b) For Plan Years beginning after 2005, excess aggregate contributions distributed pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii) shall be adjusted for any income and loss up to the date of distribution equal to income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Company Stock Account and Other Investments Account multiplied by a fraction, the numerator which is such Participant’s excess aggregate contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s account balance(s) attributable to Matching Contributions, without regard to any income or loss during the Plan Year.

 

22


(c) The nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code require that, in each Plan Year, the “Contribution Percentage” (as defined below) of the eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall not exceed the greater of:

(i) The Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The lesser of the Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year multiplied by 2, or the Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year plus 2 percentage points. (For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2002, use of this alternative limitation shall be subject to the provisions of Section 1.401(m)-2 of the Treasury Regulations regarding the multiple use of the alternative deferral tests set forth in Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code.)

The Committee may elect to calculate the Contribution Percentages using the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Committee so elects, the election may only be changed as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(d) The “Contribution Percentage” for a group of Employees is the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Employee in the group, of the amount of Matching Contributions that are credited under the Plan on behalf of each Employee for the Plan Year, to each Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

(e) This Section 5.10 is effective for Plan Years beginning before 2007.

 

23


Section 6

Vesting

Section 6.01 Deferred Vesting in Accounts.

(a) A Participant shall become vested in his Accounts with respect to contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(a) or Section 4.01(b) of the Plan in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than 5 years

   0 %

5 or more years

   100 %

A Participant shall become vested in matching contributions made to his Account pursuant to Section 4.01(c) of the Plan in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than 2 years

   0 %

2 years

   20 %

3 years

   40 %

4 years

   60 %

5 years

   80 %

6 or more years

   100 %

(b) For purposes of determining a Participant’s Years of Service under this Section 6.01, employment with the Bank or an Affiliate shall be deemed employment with the Employer. Except as otherwise provided for in this Section 6.01 and in Section 6.05 of the Plan, for purposes of determining the Vested Percentage of all Participants, all Service with an Employer shall be included, beginning with the Employee’s initial Service with the Employer. For Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, an Employee’s initial Year of Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning with the day the Employee first completes an Hour of Service, and a Participant’s subsequent Years of Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month periods coinciding with the calendar year, commencing with the calendar year which includes the date the Participant first completed an Hour of Service with the Employer. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002, a Year of Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month Period of Service beginning on the Employee’s date of Hire.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Service with Columbia Home Loans, LLC, formerly known as Columbia Equities, Ltd., prior to August 14, 2000 shall not be counted for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested Percentage under this Section 6.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, matching contributions shall not be made to the Plan in Plan Years after 2006.

 

24


Section 6.02 Immediate Vesting in Certain Situations.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 6.01(a) of the Plan, a Participant shall become fully vested in his Accounts upon the earlier of:

(i) Termination of the Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by the Employer to the Plan; provided, however, that in the event of a partial termination, the interest of each Participant shall fully vest only with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated;

(ii) Termination of Service on or after the Participant’s Early Retirement Date;

(iii) A Change in Control; or

(iv) Termination of Service by reason of death or Disability.

Section 6.03 Treatment of Forfeitures.

(a) If a Participant who is not fully vested in his Accounts terminates employment, that portion of his Accounts in which he is not vested shall be forfeited upon the earlier of:

(i) The date the Participant receives or is deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan, or

(ii) For Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, the date at which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the date at which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance; or

(iii) The date at which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

(b) If a Participant who has terminated employment and has received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan is subsequently reemployed by an Employer prior to incurring five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks in Service (for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002) or five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002), he shall have the portion of his Accounts which was previously forfeited restored to his Accounts, provided he repays to the Trustee within five (5) years of his subsequent employment date an amount equal to the distribution. The amount restored to the Participant’s Account shall be credited to his Account as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant repays the distributed amount to the Trustee and the restored amount shall come from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. If a Participant’s employment terminates prior to his Account having become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested interest as of the Valuation Date next following his termination of employment.

(c) If a Participant who has terminated employment, but has not received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan, is subsequently reemployed by an Employer subsequent to

 

25


incurring five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks in Service (for Plan Years ending prior to January l, 2002) or five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002) any undistributed balance of his Account from his prior participation which was not forfeited shall be maintained as a fully vested subaccount with his Account.

(d) If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, assets other than Company Stock must be forfeited before any Company Stock may be forfeited.

(e) Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions or reallocated among the other Participants in the Plan.

Section 6.04 Accounting for Forfeitures.

A forfeiture shall be-charged to a Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 6.03 of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 of the Plan, at the discretion of the Committee, a forfeiture shall be used to reduce any matching contributions made by the terminated Participant’s Employer under Section 4.01(c) or be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 5, as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

Section 6.05 Vesting Upon Reemployment.

(a) If an Employee is not vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Break in Service (for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002) or a One Year Period of Severance (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002) and again performs an Hour of Service, such Employee shall receive credit for his Years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance, as applicable, only if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service or One Year Periods of Severance is less than the greater of: (i) five (5) years or (ii) the aggregate number of his years of Service credited before his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance.

(b) If a Participant is partially vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Break in Service (for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002) or a One Year Period of Severance (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002) and again performs an Hour of Service, such Participant shall receive credit for his years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance, as applicable; provided, however, that after five (5) consecutive One Year Breaks in Service or five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, a former Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts attributable to Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance shall not be increased as a result of his years of Service following his reemployment date.

(c) If a Participant is fully vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Break in Service (for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002) or a One Year Period of Severance (for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002) and again performs an Hour of Service, such Participant shall receive credit for all his years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance.

 

26


Section 7

Distributions

Section 7.01 Distribution of Benefit Upon a Termination of Employment.

(a) Subject to the requirements of Section 7.02, a Participant whose Service terminates for any reason shall receive the entire vested portion of his Accounts in a single payment on a date selected by the Committee; provided, however, that such date shall be as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s employment terminated. The benefits from that portion of the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.05 of the Plan, if the Committee so provides, a Participant may elect that his benefits be distributed to him in the form of either Company Stock, cash, or some combination thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01, if the balance credited to a Participant’s Accounts exceeds $1,000, his benefits shall not be paid before 60 days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65 or in which occurs the 10 th anniversary of the year in which he commenced participation in the Plan, unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. Such an election is not valid unless it is made after the Participant has received the required notice under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations that provides a general description of the material features of a lump sum distribution and the Participant’s right to defer receipt of his benefits under the Plan. The notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit. Written consent of the Participant to the distribution generally may not be made within 30 days of the date the Participant receives the notice and shall not be made more than 90 days from the date the Participant receives the notice. However, a distribution may be made less than 30 days after the notice provided under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, if:

(i) the Committee clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee.

Section 7.02 Minimum Distribution Requirements.

With respect to all Participants, other than those who are “5% owners” (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), benefits shall be paid no later than the April 1 st of the later of:

(i) the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-  1 / 2 , or

(ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

 

27


With respect to all Participants who are 5% owners within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code, such Participants benefits shall be paid no later than the April 1 st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-  1 / 2 .

Section 7.03 Benefits on a Participant’s Death.

(a) If a Participant dies before his benefits are paid pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan, the balance credited to his Accounts shall be paid to his Beneficiary in a single distribution on or before the 60 th day after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died. If the Participant has not named a Beneficiary or if his named Beneficiary should not survive him, then the balance in his Account shall be paid to his estate. The benefits from that portion of the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

(b) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then, unless he has specifically elected otherwise, the Committee shall cause the balance in his Accounts to be paid to his spouse, as Beneficiary. A married Participant may name an individual other than his spouse as his Beneficiary, provided that such election is accompanied by the spouse’s written consent, which must:

(i) acknowledge the effect of the election;

(ii) explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the spouse’s further consent or that it may be changed without such consent; and

(iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public.

This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the spouse may not be located.

(c) The Committee shall from time to time take whatever steps it deems appropriate to keep informed of each Participant’s marital status. Each Employer shall provide the Committee with the most reliable information in the Employer’s possession regarding its Participants’ marital status, and the Committee may, in its discretion, require a notarized affidavit from any Participant as to his marital status. The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant as to the Participant’s marital status.

Section 7.04 Delay In Benefit Determination.

If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to this Section 7, the benefits shall in any event be paid as soon as practicable after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

 

28


Section 7.05 Options to Receive and Sell Stock.

(a) Unless ownership of virtually all Company Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Company Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Accounts in the form of Company Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in his Other Investments Account to purchase sufficient Company Stock to make the required distribution.

(b) Any Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to this Section 7, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover distribution described in Section 402(c) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Company Stock to purchase the Company Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Company Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Company Stock’s current fair market value. If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Company Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations.

(c) With respect to a put right, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Company Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five (5) years from the 30th day after the put right is exercised pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 7.05, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

(d) Nothing contained in this Section 7.05 shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Company Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Company Stock. The put right described in this Section 7.05 may only be exercised by a person described in the paragraph Section 7.05(b) of this Section 7.05, and may not be transferred with any Company Stock to any other person. As to all Company Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Acquisition Loan, the put right be nonterminable. The put right for Company Stock acquired through a Acquisition Loan shall continue with respect to such Company Stock after the Acquisition Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Except as provided above, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 54.4975-7(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, no Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan may be subject to any put, call or other option or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by, and when distributed from, the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an employee stock ownership plan.

 

29


Section 7.06 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock.

Except in the case of Company Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to this Section 7, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover distribution described in Section 402(c) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Company Stock to any other person, first offer the Company Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at its current fair market value. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Company Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 7.06, as applicable, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Company Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Section 7.07 Direct Transfer of Eligible Plan Distributions.

(a) A Participant or Beneficiary may direct that an “eligible rollover distribution” (as defined below) included in a payment made pursuant to this Section 7 be paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” (as defined below).

(b) To effect such a direct transfer, the Participant or Beneficiary must notify the Committee that a direct transfer is desired and provide to the Committee all necessary information regarding the eligible retirement plan to which the payment is to be made. Such notice shall be made in such form and at such time as the Committee may prescribe. Upon receipt of such notice, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to make a trustee-to-trustee transfer of the eligible rollover distribution to the specified eligible retirement plan.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an “eligible rollover distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(c)(4) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent such meaning is not inconsistent with the above references, an eligible rollover distribution shall mean any distribution of all or any portion of the Participant’s Account, except that such term shall not include any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made (i) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary, or (ii) for a period of ten (10) years or more. Further, the term “eligible rollover distribution” shall not include any distribution required to be made under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusions for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Company Stock) or, to the extent applicable under the Plan, any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code.

(d) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an “eligible retirement plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(c)(8) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent such meaning is not inconsistent with the above references, an eligible retirement plan shall mean: (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code;

 

30


(ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and (iv) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code.

 

31


Section 8

Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers

Section 8.01 Voting, of Company Stock.

(a) In General . The Trustee shall generally vote all shares of Company Stock held in the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.01.

(b) Allocated Shares . Shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions.

(c) Uninstructed and Unallocated Shares . Shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts, but for which no written instructions have been received by the Trustee regarding voting, shall be voted by the Trustee in a manner calculated to most accurately reflect the instructions the Trustee has received from Participants regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock. Shares of unallocated Company Stock shall also be voted by the Trustee in a manner calculated to most accurately reflect the instructions the Trustee has received from Participants regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, all shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts and for which the Trustee has not timely received written instructions regarding voting, and all unallocated shares of Company Stock, must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

(d) Procedure and Confidentiality . Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers, the Committee and the Trustee shall see that all Participants and Beneficiaries are provided with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Company Stock, and are provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Company Stock allocated to their Accounts or deemed allocated to their Accounts for purposes of voting. The instructions of the Participants with respect to the voting of shares of Company Stock shall be confidential.

Section 8.02 Tender Offers.

In the event of a tender offer, Company Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan regarding the voting of Company Stock.

 

32


Section 9

The Committee and Plan Administration

Section 9.01 Identity of the Committee.

The Committee shall consist of three (3) or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon ten (10) days written notice to such individual and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time without reason upon ten (10) days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

Section 9.02 Authority of Committee.

(a) The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically:

(i) allocated to the Bank, the Employer, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement;

(ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee; or

(iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law.

(b) The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan.

(c) The Committee shall have full investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement.

(d) In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay such individuals reasonable compensation and expenses for services rendered with respect to the operation or administration of the Plan to the extent such payments are not otherwise prohibited by law.

Section 9.03 Duties of Committee.

(a) The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary in connection with the maintenance of the Plan and shall furnish to the Employers whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Employers. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required with respect to the Plan under ERISA and the Code and other applicable laws.

 

33


(b) The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Company Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Company Stock and the creation and satisfaction of any Acquisition Loan to the extent such responsibilities are not set forth in the Trust Agreement.

(c) The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Company Stock. Subject to the direction of the Committee with respect to any Acquisition Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of Section 7.05 and Section 11.04 of the Plan as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Company Stock or in assets other than Company Stock, the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay any Acquisition Loan, to purchase Company Stock, or to invest in other assets selected by the Committee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Company Stock or investments other than Company Stock shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust Fund, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Company Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust Fund’s investment in Company Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable compensation and expenses to the extent such payments are not prohibited by law.

(d) If the valuation of any Company Stock is not established by reported trading on a generally recognized public market, then the Committee shall have the exclusive authority and responsibility to determine the value of the Company Stock for all purposes under the Plan. Such value shall be determined as of each Valuation Date and any other date on which the Trustee purchases or sells Company Stock in a manner consistent with Section 4975 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Committee shall use generally accepted methods of valuing stock of similar corporations for purposes of arm’s length business and investment transactions, and in this connection the Committee shall obtain, and shall be protected in relying upon, the valuation of Company Stock as determined by an independent appraiser experienced in preparing valuations of similar businesses.

Section 9.04 Compliance with ERISA and the Code.

The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to ensure the Plan’s compliance with ERISA and the Code. Each individual member of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code.

Section 9.05 Action by Committee.

All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of members of the Committee. The members of the Committee may meet informally and may take any action without meeting as a group.

 

34


Section 9.06 Execution of Documents.

Any instrument executed by the Committee may be signed by any member of the Committee.

Section 9.07 Adoption of Rules.

The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper operation, administration and interpretation of the Plan.

Section 9.08 Responsibilities to Participants.

The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA or the Code (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Section 7, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the Trust. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with the terms of the Plan, applicable law, and the best interests of the individuals concerned.

Section 9.09 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity.

If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, a custodian for him under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, or the person having actual custody of him, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, his legal guardian, or the person having actual custody of him. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 9.09, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

Section 9.10 Indemnification by Employers.

Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employers, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon the Committee or such individual in connection with any claim made against the Committee or such individual or in which the Committee or such individual may be involved by reason of being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

 

35


Section 9.11 Abstention by Interested Member.

Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits under the Plan, unless his abstention would render the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

36


Section 10

Rules Governing Benefit Claims

Section 10.01 Claim for Benefits.

Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least thirty (30) days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the 30th day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Section 7 of the Plan.

Section 10.02 Notification by Committee.

Within ninety (90) days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within one hundred and eighty (180) days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(a) each specific reason for the denial;

(b) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(d) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 10.03 of the Plan.

Section 10.03 Claims Review Procedure.

Within sixty (60) days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within one hundred and twenty (120) days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

37


Section 11

The Trust

Section 11.01 Creation of Trust Fund.

All amounts received under the Plan from an Employer and investments shall beheld in a Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund. Neither the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, nor the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

Section 11.02 Company Stock and Other Investments.

The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into Company Stock and investments other than Company Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Company Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Company Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee.

Section 11.03 Acquisition of Company Stock.

From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Company Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Company Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 9.03(d) of the Plan. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Company Stock through an Acquisition Loan subject to the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Plan.

Section 11.04 Participants’ Option to Diversify.

The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the first five (5) years of a certain six-year period, elect to have up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of his Accounts committed to alternative investment options within an “Investment Fund”. For the sixth year in this period, the Participant may elect to have up to fifty percent (50%) of the value of his Accounts committed to other investments. The six-year period shall begin with the Plan Year following the first Plan Year in which the Participant has both reached age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan; a Participant’s election to diversify his Accounts must be made within the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each of the six (6) Plan Years. The Committee shall see that the Investment Fund includes a sufficient number of investment options to comply with Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a transfer of a portion of the Participant’s Accounts to the Savings Plan in order to satisfy this Section 11.04, provided such investments comply with Section 401(a)(28)(B) and such transfer is not otherwise prohibited under the Code or ERISA. The Trustee shall comply with any investment directions received from Participants in accordance with the procedures adopted from time to time by the Committee under this Section 11.04.

 

38


Section 12

Adoption, Amendment and Termination

Section 12.01 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers.

With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by:

(a) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan;

(b) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund; and

(c) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

Section 12.02 Adoption of Plan by Successor.

In the event that any Employer shall be reorganized by way of merger, consolidation, transfer of assets or otherwise, so that an entity other than an Employer shall succeed to all or substantially all of the Employer’s business, the successor entity may be substituted for the Employer under the Plan by adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the Trust Agreement. Contributions by the Employer shall be automatically suspended from the effective date of any such reorganization until the date upon which the substitution of the successor entity for the Employer under the Plan becomes effective. If, within 90 days following the effective date of any such reorganization, the successor entity shall not have elected to become a party to the Plan, or if the Employer shall adopt a plan of complete liquidation other than in connection with a reorganization, the Plan shall be automatically terminated with respect to Employees of the Employer as of the close of business on the 90th day following the effective date of the reorganization, or as of the close of business on the date of adoption of a plan of complete liquidation, as the case may be.

Section 12.03 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the tax qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

39


Section 12.04 Right to Amend or Terminate.

The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of all Employers. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, or shall divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Except as is required for purposes of compliance with the Code or ERISA, the provisions of Section 4.04 relating to the crediting of contributions, forfeitures and shares of Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account, nor any other provision of the Plan relating to the allocation of benefits to Participants, may be amended more frequently than once every six months. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan and the Committee’s instructions.

 

40


Section 13

General Provisions

Section 13.01 Nonassignability of Benefits.

The interests of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall not be subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, pledged, encumbered, sold, or transferred, except to the extent provided for under Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code. The prohibitions set forth in this Section 13.01 shall also apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property or settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such judgment, decree or order is determined to be a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code or is subject to a special rule for certain judgments and settlements described in Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code.

Section 13.02 Limit of Employer Liability.

The liability of the Employers with respect to - Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Section 13.03 Plan Expenses.

All expenses incurred by the Committee or the Trustee in connection with administering the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employers or by the Trustee.

Section 13.04 Nondiversion of Assets.

Except as provided in Section 5.05 and Section 12.03 of the Plan, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

Section 13.05 Separability of Provisions.

If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

Section 13.06 Service of Process.

The agent for service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank and the Trustee, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

 

41


Section 13.07 Governing Law.

The Plan is established under, and its validity, construction and effect shall be governed by the laws of New Jersey to the extent those laws are not preempted by federal law, including the provisions of ERISA.

Section 13.08 Special Rules for Persons Subject to Section 16(b) Requirements.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any former Participant who is subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, who becomes eligible to again participate in the Plan, may not become a Participant prior to the date that is six months from the date such former Participant terminated participation in the Plan. In addition, any person subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act receiving a distribution of Company Stock from the Plan must hold such Company Stock for a period of 6 months commencing with the date of distribution. However, this restriction will not apply to Company Stock distributions made in connection with death, retirement, disability or termination of employment, or made pursuant to the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

Section 13.09 Rules Relating to Military Service.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and Service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

42


Section 14

Top-Heavy Provisions

Section 14.01 Top-Heavy Provisions.

If, as of the last day of the first Plan Year, or thereafter, if as of the day next preceding the beginning of any Plan Year (the “Determination Date”), the Plan is a “top-heavy plan” (determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 416(g) of the Code); that is, the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all “Key Employees” (within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Code and for this purpose using the definition of Compensation, as modified under Section 5.05(b) of the Plan) and their Beneficiaries exceeds 60% of the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all employees and their Beneficiaries, the provision specified in this Section 14.01 will automatically become effective as of the first day of the Plan Year. For purposes of the above sentence, the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of a Participant who has not performed any services for the Bank or any of its Affiliates during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account. This calculation shall be made in accordance with Section 416(g) of the Code, taking into consideration plans which are considered part of the Aggregation Group. The term “Aggregation Group” shall include each plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that includes a Key Employee, each terminated plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that included a Key Employee within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, and each plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that allows the Plan to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code or Section 410 of the Code. The Aggregation Group may include any other plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates, if the Aggregation Group would continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

Section 14.02 Plan Modifications Upon Becoming Top-Heavy.

(a) Minimum Accruals . Section 5.04 of the Plan will be modified to provide that the aggregate amount of Employer contributions allocated in each Plan Year to the Accounts of each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), and who is employed by an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, may not be less than the lesser of

(i) three percent (3%) of his Compensation for the Plan Year; and

(ii) a percentage of his Compensation equal to the largest percentage obtained by dividing the sum of the amount credited to the Accounts of any Key Employee by that Key Employee’s Compensation.

 

43


(b) Vesting . If a Participant’s vested interest in his Account is to be determined in a top-heavy year, it shall be based on the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than 2 years

   0 %

2 years

   33  1 / 3 %

3 years

   66  2 / 3 %

4 or more years

   100 %

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Bank has caused this amended and restated OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan to be executed and delivered on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Date:

 

 

   

By:

 

 

        John R. Garbarino
        President and Chief Executive Officer

 

44

Exhibit 10.1(C)

OceanFirst Bank

Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Effective December 27, 2006


OceanFirst Bank

Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Table of Contents

 

            Page
Section 1    Introduction    1
Section 2    Definitions    3
Section 3    Eligibility and Participation    11
Section 4    Contributions    13
Section 5    Plan Accounting    16
Section 6    Vesting    24
Section 7    Distributions    26
Section 8    Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers    31
Section 9    The Committee and Plan Administration    32
Section 10    Rules Governing Benefit Claims    36
Section 11    The Trust    37
Section 12    Adoption, Amendment and Termination    39
Section 13    General Provisions    41
Section 14    Top-Heavy Provisions    43


OceanFirst Bank

Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Section 1

Introduction

Section 1.01 Nature of the Plan.

OceanFirst Bank established the OceanFirst Bank Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) effective of December 27, 2006 as a spinoff plan containing the matching contribution feature of the OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The intent of the spinoff transaction is to enable the OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ Predecessor Plan ”) to satisfy requirements of Code Section 401(a)(35)(E)(ii) beginning in the 2007 Plan Year.

The Bank sponsors the Plan to enable Eligible Employees (as defined in Section 2.01(r) of the Plan) to acquire stock ownership interests in OceanFirst Financial Corp., the holding company of the Bank (the “Company”). The Bank intends this Plan to be a tax-qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is designed to invest primarily in the common stock of the Company, which stock constitutes “qualifying employer securities” within the meaning of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA and Sections 409(1) and 4975(e)(8) of the Code. Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement (as defined in Section 2.01(qq) of the Plan) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the Bank’s intent for it to be a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in qualifying employer securities.

 

1


Section 1.02 Employers and Affiliates.

The Bank and each of its Affiliates (as defined in Section 2.01(c) of the Plan) that adopt the Plan with the consent of the Bank and pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.01 of the Plan are collectively referred to as the “Employers” and individually as an “Employer.” The Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers.

 

2


Section 2

Definitions

Section 2.01 Definitions.

In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the singular or the plural number and the masculine or feminine gender shall be deemed to include the other, the terms “he,” “his,” and “him,” shall refer to a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, and, except as otherwise provided, or unless the context otherwise requires, the capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Account” or “Accounts” mean a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Company Stock Account and/or his Other Investments Account, as the context so requires.

(b) “Acquisition Loan” means a loan (or other extension of credit, including an installment obligation to a “party in interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA)) incurred or assumed by the Trustee in connection with the purchase of Company Stock.

(c) “Affiliate” means any corporation, trade or business, which, at the time of reference, is together with the Bank, a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control, or an affiliated service group, as described in Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code, respectively, or any other organization treated as a single employer with the Bank under Section 414(o) of the Code; provided, however, that, where the context so requires, the term “Affiliate” shall be construed to give full effect to the provisions of Sections 409(1)(4) and 415(h) of the Code.

(d) “Bank” means OceanFirst Bank and any entity that succeeds to the business of OceanFirst Bank and adopts this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 of the Plan or by written agreement assuming the obligations under the Plan.

(e) “Beneficiary” means the person(s) entitled to receive benefits under the Plan, pursuant to Section 7.03 of the Plan, following a Participant’s death.

(f) “Change in Control” means, with respect to the Bank or the Company, an event of a nature that; (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 20% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities of the Bank purchased by the Company in connection with the conversion of the Bank to the stock form, securities purchased by any tax qualified employee

 

3


benefit plan of the Bank or securities acquired by the OceanFirst Foundation; or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Bank or Company is not the resulting entity; or (D) solicitations of shareholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or Bank or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan or transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company shall be distributed; or (E) a tender offer is made for 51 % or more of the voting securities of the Bank or the Company.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) “Committee” means the individual(s) responsible for the administration of the Plan in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan.

(i) “Company” means OceanFirst Financial Corp. and any entity which succeeds to the business of OceanFirst Financial Corp.

(j) “Company Stock” means shares of the voting common stock or preferred stock, meeting the requirements of Section 409 of the Code and Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA, issued by the Company or its Affiliates.

(k) “Company Stock Account” means the account established and maintained in the name of each Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock.

(l) “Compensation” means

(i) an Employee’s regular basic monthly salary or wages.

(ii) Notwithstanding the above, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of the employee under Sections 125 and 402(e)(3), but shall exclude overtime, bonuses, fees and special payments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent this definition of compensation does not satisfy the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code for any particular Plan Year, then, for that Plan Year, Compensation shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 1.415-2(d)(2) and (3) of the Treasury Regulations. A Participant’s Compensation shall not exceed $200,000 (as periodically adjusted pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code). If a Participant’s Compensation is determined on the basis of a period of less than twelve (12) calendar months, then the Compensation limit for

 

4


such Participant shall be the limit in effect for the Plan Year in which the period begins, multiplied by a ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by twelve (12).

(m) “Disability” means a condition which renders the Participant totally and permanently disabled due to sickness or injury, such disability is likely to be continuous and permanent, and renders the Participant unable to continue a like gainful occupation. In any event, the Committee’s good faith decision as to whether a Participant’s Service has been terminated by Disability shall be final and conclusive.

(n) “Early Retirement Age” means the date a Participant attains age 55 with ten (10) Years of Service with an Employer.

(o) “Early Retirement Date” means the first day of the month following the date the Participant attains Early Retirement Age.

(p) “Effective Date” means December 27, 2006.

(q) “Eligibility , Computation Period” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period. An Employee’s first Eligibility Computation Period shall begin on the date he first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer (“employment commencement date”). Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the Plan Year, commencing with the Plan Year that includes the first anniversary date of the Employee’s employment commencement date. To determine the first Eligibility Computation Period after a One Year Break in Service, the Plan shall use the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the date the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

(r) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee who is not precluded from participating in the Plan by reason of the provisions of Section 3.02 of the Plan.

(s) “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Bank or an Affiliate in any capacity, any portion of whose income is subject to withholding of income tax and/or for whom Social Security contributions are made by the Bank or an Affiliate, as well as any other person qualifying as a common-law employee of the Bank or an Affiliate, except that such term shall not include:

(i) Any individual who performs services for the Bank or an Affiliate and who is classified and paid as an independent contractor (regardless of his classification for federal tax or other legal purposes) by the Bank or an Affiliate, and

(ii) Any individual, whether a “leased employee” (within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code) or otherwise, who pursuant to an agreement with the Employer and any other person, including a leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction and control of the Employer.

 

5


(t) “Employer” or “Employers” means the Bank and any of its Affiliates that adopt the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.01 of the Plan, and any entity that succeeds to the business of the Bank or its Affiliates and adopts the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02 of the Plan or by written agreement assumes the obligations under the Plan.

(u) “Entry Date” means the first day of each January and July coinciding with or next following the date the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements under Section 3.01 of the Plan.

(v) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(w) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(x) “Financed Shares” means shares of Company Stock transferred from the Predecessor Plan that have been acquired by the Predecessor Plan Trustee with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan, which shall constitute “qualifying employer securities” under Section 409(1) of the Code and any shares of Company Stock received upon conversion or exchange of such shares.

(y) “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who, for a particular Plan Year, satisfies one of the following conditions:

(i) was a “5-percent owner” (as defined in Section 414(q)(2) of the Code) during the year or the preceding year, or

(ii) for the preceding year had “compensation” (as defined in Section 414(q)(4) of the Code) from the Bank and its Affiliates exceeding $80,000 (as periodically adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code).

(z) “Hours of Service” means:

(i) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performing duties for the Employer during the applicable computation period.

(ii) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for a period during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no credit shall be given to the Employee for:

(A) more than 501 hours under this clause (ii) because of any single continuous period in which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

(B) an hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, because of a period in which no duties are performed if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with

 

6


applicable worker’s or workmen’s compensation, or unemployment, or disability insurance laws; or

(C) an hour or a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medical or medically-related expenses incurred by the Employee.

(iii) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer; provided, however, that hours credited under either clause (i) or (ii) above shall not also be credited under this clause (iii). Crediting of hours for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in clause (ii) above will be subject to the limitations set forth in that clause.

The crediting of Hours of Service shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the rules set forth in Section 2530.200b-2 of the regulations prescribed by the Department of Labor, which rules shall be consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job classification. If an Employer finds it impracticable to count actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly period in which he has at least an Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited with Hours of Service only for his normal working hours during a paid absence. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with an Affiliate.

For purposes of determining whether an Employee has incurred a One Year Break in Service and for vesting and participation purposes, if an Employee begins a maternity/paternity leave of absence described in Section 411(a)(6)(E)(i) of the Code, his Hours of Service shall include the Hours of Service that would have been credited to him if he had not been so absent (or 45 Hours of Service for each week of such absence if the actual Hours of Service cannot be determined). An Employee shall be credited for such Hours of Service (up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service) in the Plan Year in which his absence begins (if such crediting will prevent him from incurring a One Year Break in Service in such Plan Year) or, in all other cases, in the following Plan Year. An absence from employment for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

(i) by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,

(ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the Employee,

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or

(iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

(aa) “Loan Suspense Account” means that portion Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock acquired with an Acquisition Loan which has not yet been allocated to the Participants’ Accounts.

(bb) “Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-five (65).

 

7


(cc) “Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

(dd) “One Year Period of Severance” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period following an Employee’s termination of Service with the Employer during which the Employee did not perform an Hour of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee is absent from employment for maternity or paternity reasons, such absence during the twenty-four (24) month period commencing on the first date of such absence shall not constitute a One Year Period of Severance. An absence from employment for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

(i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee;

(ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee;

(iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee; or

(iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

(ee) “Other Investments Account” means the account established and maintained in the name of each Participant or Beneficiary to reflect his share of the Trust Fund, other than Company Stock.

(ff) “Participant” means any active Employee who has become a participant in accordance with Section 3.01 of the Plan or any other person with an Account balance under the Plan.

(gg) “Period of Service” means a period commencing on the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer upon initial employment or, if applicable, upon reemployment, and ending on the date such Employee first incurs a Termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the period between the first and second anniversary of the first date of a maternity or paternity absence described under Section 2.01(dd) of the Plan shall not be included in determining a Period of Service. A period during which an individual was not employed by the Employer shall nevertheless be deemed to be a Period of Service if such individual incurred a Termination of Service and:

(i) such Termination of Service was the result of resignation, discharge or retirement and such individual is reemployed by the Employer within one(1) year after such Termination of Service; or

(ii) such Termination of Service occurred when the individual was otherwise absent for less than one (1) year and he was reemployed by the Employer within one (1) year of the date such absence began.

All Periods of Service not disregarded under Section 6.03 of the Plan shall be aggregated. Whenever used in the Plan, a Period of Service means the quotient obtained by dividing the days

 

8


in all Periods of Service not disregarded hereunder by 365 and disregarding any fractional remainder.

(hh) “Plan” means this OceanFirst Bank Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time.

(ii) “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

(jj) “Postponed Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following a Participant’s date of actual retirement which occurs after his Normal Retirement Date.

(kk) “Recognized Absence” means a period for which:

(i) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period of time, but only if an Employer grants such leaves of absence on a nondiscriminatory basis to all Eligible Employees; or

(ii) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in the business conditions of the Employer; or

(iii) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. sec. 2021).

(ll) “Retirement Date” means a Participant’s Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date or Postponed Retirement Date, whichever is applicable.

(mm) “Service” means employment with the Bank or an Affiliate. Participants shall be given credit for Service while covered by the Predecessor Plan in determining Service under the Plan.

(nn) “Termination of Service” means the earlier of (a) the date on which an Employee’s Service is terminated by reason of his resignation, retirement, discharge, death or Disability or (b) the first anniversary date on which such Employee’s service for disability of a short-term nature or any other reason. Service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall not constitute a Termination of Service but shall be considered to be a period of employment by the Employer provided (i) such military service is caused by war or other emergency or the Employee is required to serve under the laws of conscription in a time of peace, (ii) the Employee returns to employment with the Employer within six (6) months following discharge from such military service, and (iii) such Employee is reemployed by the Employer at a time when the Employee had a right to reemployment at his former position or substantially similar position upon separation from such military duty in accordance with seniority rights as protected under the laws of the United States. A leave of absence granted to an Employee by the Employer shall not constitute a Termination of Service provided that the Participant returns to the active service of the Employer at the expiration of any such period for which leave has been granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is absent from service with the Employer beyond the first anniversary of the first date of his absence for maternity or paternity reasons set forth in Section 2.01(dd) of the Plan shall incur a Termination of Service for purposes of the Plan on the second anniversary of the date of such absence.

 

9


(oo) “Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the Department of the Treasury under the Code.

(pp) “Trust” means the trust agreement(s) created in connection with the operation of this Plan.

(qq) “Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement establishing the Trust.

(rr) “Trust Fund” means the assets held in the Trust for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(ss) “Trustee” means the trustee or trustees from time to time in office under the Trust Agreement.

(tt) “Valuation Date” means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Trust Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

(uu) “Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

(vv) “Year of Service” means an applicable twelve month period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service for eligibility purposes. With respect to the vesting provisions of the Plan, Year of Service means a one year Period of Service.

 

10


Section 3

Eligibility and Participation

Section 3.01 Participation.

(a) Participants as of the Effective Date . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, since this Plan is formed by the spinoff of a portion of the Predecessor Plan, all Employees and all former Employees who were Participants in the Predecessor Plan as of the Effective Date shall remain Participants in this Plan. Any former Employee who was a Participant in the Predecessor Plan prior to the Effective Date and who received a distribution of his entire nonforfeitable Account balance on account of termination of Service may become eligible to participate in this Plan upon re-employment either as a newly-hired Employee or by satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of Section 3.04 of the Plan.

(b) Other Employees . An Eligible Employee who is not a Participant as of the Effective Date of the Plan shall become eligible to enter the Plan upon the completion of one (1) Year of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the Contrary, Service with Columbia Home Loans, LLC, formerly known as Columbia Equities, Ltd., prior to August 14, 2000 shall be counted for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan.

(c) An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.01 shall enter the Plan and become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date he satisfies such requirements.

Section 3.02 Certain Employees Ineligible.

The following Employees are ineligible to participate in the Plan:

(a) Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if:

(i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative, and

(ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not expressly provide that Employees of such unit be covered under the Plan;

(b) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income from an Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States; and

(c) Employees of an Affiliate that has not adopted the Plan pursuant to Section 12.01 or Section 12.02 of the Plan.

Section 3.03 Transfer to and from Eligible Employment.

(a) If an Employee, ineligible to participate in the Plan by reason of Section 3.02 of the Plan, transfers to employment as an Eligible Employee, he shall enter the Plan as of the later of:

 

11


(i) the first Entry Date after the date of transfer, or

(ii) the first Entry Date on which he could have become a Participant pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Plan if his prior employment with the Bank or Affiliate had been as an Eligible Employee.

(b) If a Participant transfers to a position of employment that is not eligible to participate in the Plan by reason of Section 3.02 of the Plan, he shall cease active participation in the Plan as of the date of such transfer and his transfer shall be treated for all purposes of the Plan as any other termination of Service.

Section 3.04 Participation After Reemployment.

(a) Any Employee re-entering Service with an Employer after a One Year Break in Service who has never satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan shall not receive credit for prior Service with an Employer and shall be required to meet the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan before becoming a Participant.

(b) An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan, but who terminates Service prior to entering the Plan and becoming a Participant in accordance with Section 3.01(c) of the Plan, will become a Participant on the later of:

(i) the first Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan had he not terminated Service, or

(ii) the date he re-commences Service.

(c) A Participant whose Service terminates will re-enter the Plan as a Participant on the date he recommences Service, provided the Participant returns to Service prior to incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service. A Participant who terminates Service and then returns to Service following five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service shall not receive credit for prior Service with an Employer and shall be required to meet the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b) of the Plan before again becoming a Participant.

Section 3.05 Participation Not Guarantee of Employment.

Participation in the Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract of employment and will not give any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Bank or any of its Affiliates nor any right or claim to any benefit under the terms of the Plan unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.

 

12


Section 4

Contributions

Section 4.01 Employer Contributions.

(a) Employer Matching Contributions under the Savings Plan . For each Plan Year each Employer, in its discretion, may make a contribution to the Trust equal to a percentage of the Employee’s voluntary contributions made for the Plan Year under the Savings Plan (as defined below). Each Employer making a contribution for any Plan Year under this Section 4.01(a) shall contribute to the Trustee cash equal to, or Company Stock or other property having an aggregate fair market value equal to, such amount as the Board of Directors of the employer shall determine by resolution or as shall be set forth pursuant to a formula under the Savings Plan, as applicable. Notwithstanding the Employer’s discretion with respect to the medium of contribution, an Employer shall not make a contribution in any medium which would make such contribution a prohibited transaction (for which no exemption is provided) under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For purposes of this Plan, “Savings Plan” means a defined contribution tax-qualified retirement plan sponsored by the Employer under which Participants may defer compensation pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.

(b) Employer Contributions for Acquisition Loans . Each Plan Year, the Employers shall, subject to any regulatory prohibitions, contribute an amount of cash (including amounts contributed under paragraph (a) of this Section 4.01) sufficient to enable the Trustee to discharge any indebtedness incurred with respect to an Acquisition Loan pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Loan. The Employers’ obligation to make contributions under this Section 4.01(b) shall be reduced to the extent of any investment earnings attributable to such contributions and any cash dividends paid with respect to Company Stock held by the Trustee in the Loan Suspense Account. If there is more than one Acquisition Loan, the Employers shall designate the one to which any contribution pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) is to be applied.

Section 4.02 Limitations on Contributions.

In no event shall an Employer’s contribution(s) made under Section 4.01 of the Plan for any Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

(a) The maximum amount deductible under Section 404 of the Code by that Employer as an expense for Federal income tax purposes; and

(b) The maximum amount which can be credited for that Plan Year in accordance with the allocation limitation provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Section 4.03 Acquisition Loans.

The Trustee may incur Acquisition Loans from time to time to finance the acquisition of Company Stock for the Trust or to repay a prior Acquisition Loan. An Acquisition Loan shall be for a specific term, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, and shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall be primarily for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan. An Acquisition Loan may be secured by a collateral pledge of the Financed Shares so acquired and any other Plan assets which are permissible securities within

 

13


the provisions of Section 54.4975-7(b) of the Treasury Regulations. No other assets of the Plan or Trust may be pledged as collateral for an Acquisition Loan, and no lender shall have recourse against any other Trust assets. Any pledge of Financed Shares must provide for the release of shares so pledged on a basis equal to the principal and interest (or if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), paid by the Trustee on the Acquisition Loan. The released Financed Shares shall be allocated to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 or Section 5.08 of the Plan, whichever is applicable. Payment of principal and interest on any Acquisition Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from the Employer contributions paid in cash to enable the Trustee to repay such loan in accordance with Section 4.01(b) of the Plan, from earnings attributable to such contributions, and any cash dividends received by the Trustee on Financed Shares acquired with the proceeds of the Acquisition Loan (including contributions, earnings and dividends received during or prior to the year of repayment, less such payments in prior years), whether or not allocated. Financed Shares shall initially be credited to the Loan Suspense Account and shall be transferred for allocation to the Company Stock Accounts of Participants only as payments of principal and interest (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan are made by the Trustee. The number of Financed Shares to be released from the Loan Suspense Account for allocation to Participants’ Company Stock Accounts for each Plan Year shall be based on the ratio that the payments of principal and interest (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year bear to the sum of the payments of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year plus the total remaining payments of principal and interest projected (or, if the requirements of Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations are met and the Employer so elects, principal payments only), on the Acquisition Loan over the duration of the Acquisition Loan repayment period, subject to the provisions of Section 5.05 of the Plan.

Section 4.04 Conditions as to Contributions.

Any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the date on which the Employer originally made such contribution, or within one (1) year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account for any adverse investment experience within the Trust in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Accounts is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made by the Employer.

Section 4.05 Employee Contributions.

Employee contributions are neither required nor permitted under the Plan.

Section 4.06 Rollover Contributions.

Rollover contributions of assets from other tax-qualified retirement plans are not permitted under the Plan.

 

14


Section 4.07 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfers.

Except for assets transferred from the Predecessor Plan in connection with the establishment of the Plan, trustee-to-trustee transfers of assets from other tax-qualified retirement plans are not permitted under the Plan.

 

15


Section 5

Plan Accounting

Section 5.01 Accounting for Allocations.

The Committee shall establish the Accounts (and sub-accounts, if deemed necessary) for each Participant, and the accounting procedures for purposes of making allocations to the Participants’ Accounts provided for in this Section 5. The Committee shall maintain adequate records of the cost basis of shares of Company Stock allocated to each Participant’s Company Stock Account. The Committee also shall keep separate records of Financed Shares attributable to each Acquisition Loan and of contributions made by the Employers (and any earnings thereon) made for the purpose of enabling the Trustee to repay any Acquisition Loan. From time to time, the Committee may modify its accounting procedures for the purpose of achieving equitable and nondiscriminatory allocations among the Participants’ Accounts, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5 and the applicable requirements of the Code and ERISA. In accordance with Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may delegate the responsibility for maintaining Accounts and records.

Section 5.02 Maintenance of Participants’ Company Stock Accounts.

As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall adjust the Company Stock Account of each Participant to reflect activity during the Valuation Period as follows:

(a) First, charge to each Participant’s Company Stock Account all distributions, payments and expenses that have not been previously charged;

(b) Next, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock, if any, that have been purchased with amounts from his Other Investments Account, and adjust such Other Investments Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Plan; and

(c) Next, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock representing contributions made by the Employers in the form of Company Stock and the number of Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account under Section 4.03 of the Plan that are to be allocated and credited as of that date in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 of the Plan; and

(d) Finally, credit to each Participant’s Company Stock Account the shares of Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account that are to be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.09 of the Plan.

Section 5.03 Maintenance of Participants’ Other Investments Accounts.

As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall adjust the Other Investments Account of each Participant to reflect activity during the Valuation Period as follows:

(a) First, charge to each Participant’s Other Investments Account all distributions, payments and expenses that have not previously been charged;

 

16


(b) Next, if Company Stock is purchased with assets from a Participant’s Other Investments Account, the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be charged accordingly;

(c) Next, subject to the dividend provisions of Section 5.08 of the Plan, credit to the Other Investments Account of each Participant any cash dividends paid to the Trustee on shares of Company Stock held in that Participant’s Company Stock Account (as of the record date for such cash dividends) and dividends paid on shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account that have not been used to repay any Acquisition Loan. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.08 of the Plan, cash dividends that have not been used to repay an Acquisition Loan and have been credited to a Participant’s Other Investments Account shall, from time to time, be applied by the Trustee to purchase shares of Company Stock, which shares shall then be credited to the Company Stock Account of such Participant. The Participant’s Other Investments Account shall then be charged by the amount of cash used to purchase such Company Stock or used to repay any Acquisition Loan. In addition, any earnings on:

(i) Other Investments Accounts will be allocated to Participants’ Other Investments Accounts, pro rata, based on such Other Investment Account balances as of the first day of the Valuation Period, and

(ii) The Loan Suspense Account, other than dividends used to repay the Acquisition Loan, will be allocated to Participants’ Other Investments Accounts, pro rata, based on their Other Investment Account balances as of the first day of the Valuation Period.

(d) Next, allocate and credit the Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(b) of the Plan for the purpose of repaying any Acquisition Loan in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Plan. Such amount shall then be used to repay any Acquisition Loan and each Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be charged accordingly; and

(e) Next, allocate and credit the Employer contributions (other than amounts contributed to repay an Acquisition Loan) that are made in cash (or property other than Company Stock) for the Plan Year to the Other Investments Account of each Participant in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Plan; and

(f) Finally, credit to each Participant’s Other Investments Account the proceeds from the disposition of shares of Company Stock from the Loan Suspense Account that are to be allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.09 of the Plan.

Section 5.04 Allocation and Crediting of Employer Contributions.

(a) Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5.08 and Section 5.09 of the Plan, as of the Valuation Date for each Plan Year:

(i) Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account for that year and shares of Company Stock contributed directly to the Plan shall be allocated and credited to each Active Participant’s Account (as defined in paragraph Section 5.04(b) of this Section 5.04) as follows:

 

17


(A) first, the number of shares of Company Stock with a fair market value (valued as of the last day of each calendar quarter) equal to the matching contributions made under Section 4.01(a) of the Plan on behalf of an Active Participant shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Company Stock Account (and a matching contribution sub-account); and then

(B) the remaining number of shares of Company Stock shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Company Stock Account (and matching contribution sub-account) in the same ratio as the Active Participant’s matching contribution under Section 4.01(a) of the Plan bears to the aggregate matching contributions of all Active Participants (while Participants) for the Plan Year.

(ii) The cash contributions not used to repay an Acquisition Loan and any other property (other than shares of Company Stock) contributed for that year shall be allocated and credited to each Active Participant’s Account as follows:

(A) first, an amount which, when added to contributions under Section 5.04(a)(1)(A), is equal to the matching contributions made under Section 4.01(a) of the Plan on behalf of an Active Participant, shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Company Stock Account (and a matching contribution sub-account); and then

(B) additional cash contributions shall be allocated to each Participant’s Other Investments Account based on the ratio determined by comparing each Active Participant’s Compensation while a Participant to the aggregate Compensation of all Active Participants (while Participants) for the Plan Year.

(b) For purposes of this Section 5.04, the term “Active Participant” means those Employees who:

(i) completed 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and

(ii) were employed by an Employer, including Employees on a Recognized Absence, on the last day of the Plan Year or terminated employment during the Plan Year by reason of death, Disability, or attainment of their Retirement Date.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant shall be considered an Active Participant for purposes of allocations of matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(a) of the Plan if the Participant would otherwise be eligible for an allocation of matching contributions under the Savings Plan.

Section 5.05 Limitations on Allocations.

(a) In General . Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.05, Section 415 of the Code shall be incorporated by reference into the terms of the Plan. No allocation shall be made under Section 5.04 of the Plan that would result in a violation of Section 415 of the Code.

 

18


(b) Code Section 415 Compensation . For purposes of this Section 5.05, Compensation shall be adjusted to reflect the general rule of Section 1.415-2(d) of the Treasury Regulations.

Limitation Year . The “limitation year” (within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code) shall be the calendar year. For limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, for purposes of applying the limitations described in this Section 5.05 and as required by Section 415 of the Code, Compensation paid or made available under such limitation years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Section 132(f) of the Code.

(c) Multiple Defined Contribution Plans . In any case where a Participant also participates in another defined contribution plan of the Bank or its Affiliates, the appropriate committee of such other plan shall first reduce the after-tax contributions under any such plan, shall then reduce any elective deferrals under any such plan subject to Section 401(k) of the Code, shall then reduce all other contributions under any other such plan and, if necessary, shall then reduce contributions under this Plan, subject to the provisions of paragraph Section 5.05(d) of this Section 5.05.

(d) Excess Allocations . If, after applying the allocation provisions under Section 5.04 of the Plan, allocations under Section 5.04 of the Plan would otherwise result in a Participant’s account being in violation of Section 415 of the Code, the Committee shall reduce the Employer contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for that Participant if that Participant is covered by the Plan as of the end of the limitation year. However, if that Participant is not covered by the Plan as of the end of the limitation year, then the excess amounts shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for the limitation year and allocated and reallocated in the next limitation year to all the remaining Participants in the Plan; furthermore, the excess amounts shall be used to reduce Employer contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for all the remaining Participants in the Plan.

(e) Allocations Pursuant to Section 5.09 . For purposes of this Section 5.05, no amount credited to any Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Plan shall be counted as an “annual addition” for purposes of Section 415 of the Code.

Section 5.06 Other Limitations.

Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.05 of the Plan, in no event shall more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for any Plan Year be allocated to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees. In order to ensure such allocations are not made, the Committee shall, beginning with the Participants whose Compensation exceeds the limit then in effect under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, reduce the amount of Compensation of such Highly Compensated Employees on a pro-rata basis per individual that would otherwise be taken into account for purposes of allocating benefits under Section 5.04 of the Plan. If, in order to satisfy this Section 5.06, any such Participant’s Compensation must be reduced to an amount that is lower than the Compensation of the next highest paid (based on such Participant’s Compensation) Highly Compensated Employee (the “breakpoint amount”), then, for purposes of

 

19


allocating benefits under Section 5.04 of the Plan, the Compensation of all concerned Participants shall be reduced to an amount not to exceed such breakpoint amount.

Section 5.07 Limitations as to Certain Section 1042 Transactions.

To the extent that a shareholder of Company Stock sells qualifying Company Stock to the Plan and elects (with the consent of the Bank) nonrecognition of gain under Section 1042 of the Code, no portion of the Company Stock purchased in such nonrecognition transaction (or dividends or other income attributable thereto) may accrue or be allocated during the nonallocation period (the ten (10) year period beginning on the later of the date of the sale of the qualified Company Stock or the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of an Acquisition Loan incurred in connection with such sale) for the benefit of:

(a) The selling shareholder;

(b) The spouse, brothers or sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), ancestors or lineal descendants of the selling shareholder or descendant referred to in (a) above; or

(c) Any other person who owns, after application of Section 318(a) of the Code, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of

(i) any class of outstanding stock of the Bank or any Affiliate, or

(ii) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of the Bank or any Affiliate.

For purposes of this Section 5.07, Section 318(a) of the Code shall be applied without regard to the employee trust exception of Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.

Section 5.08 Dividends.

(a) Stock Dividends . Dividends on Company Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Company Stock shall be retained in the portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock, and shall be allocated among Participants’ Accounts and the Loan Suspense Account in accordance with their holdings of the Company Stock on which the dividends have been paid.

(b) Cash Dividends on Allocated Shares . Dividends on Company Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be, at the direction of the Bank, either be:

(i) credited to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Plan and invested as part of the Trust Fund;

(ii) distributed immediately to the Participants;

(iii) distributed to the Participants within ninety (90) days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid; or

 

20


(iv) used to repay first principal and then, if available, interest on the Acquisition Loan used to acquire Company Stock on which the dividends were paid.

In addition to the above methods of treating dividends on allocated shares, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, at the sole discretion of the Committee, Participants may elect that dividends on Company Stock credited to their Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall either be:

(v) paid to the Plan and reinvested in Company Stock and credited to the Participant’s Account;

(vi) distributed in cash to the Participant; or

(vii) distributed to the Participant within ninety (90) days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid.

Dividends subject to an election under this paragraph (and any Stock acquired therewith pursuant to a Participant’s election) shall at all times be fully vested. To the extent the Committee allows elections pursuant to this Section, the Committee will establish policies and procedures consistent with guidance issued under Section 404(k) of the Code or which the Committee believes is consistent with the provisions of Section 404(k) of the Code in the absence of relevant regulatory guidance.

(c) Cash Dividends on Unallocated Shares . Dividends on Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall be applied as soon as practicable to payments of first principal and then, if available, interest under the Acquisition Loan incurred with the purchase of the Company Stock.

(d) Financed Shares . Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account by reason of dividends paid with respect to such Company Stock shall be allocated under Section 5.03 and Section 5.04 of the Plan as follows:

(i) First, Financed Shares with a fair market value at least equal to the dividends paid with respect to the Company Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be allocated among and credited to the Accounts of such Participants, pro rata, according to the number of shares of Company Stock held in such accounts on the date such dividend is declared by the Company;

(ii) Then, any remaining Financed Shares released from the Loan Suspense Account by reason of dividends paid with respect to Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated among and credited to the Accounts of all Participants, pro rata, according to each Participant’s Compensation.

Section 5.09 Change in Control Provisions.

(a) Upon a Change in Control, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a sufficient number of shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account, and the proceeds of such sale or disposition shall be used to repay in full any outstanding

 

21


Acquisition Loan of the Plan. After repayment of any Acquisition Loans, all remaining shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account and any cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any shares of Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account shall be allocated among the Accounts of all Affected Participants (as defined below). Such allocation of shares or cash proceeds shall be credited as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs to the Accounts of each Participant who is either in active Service with an Employer immediately preceding the date on which the Change in Control occurs or is on a Recognized Absence immediately preceding the date on which the Change in Control occurs (each an “Affected Participant”), in proportion to the opening balances in their Accounts as of the first day of the current Valuation Period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Section 5.09 may not be amended on or after the effective date of a Change in Control, unless required by the Internal Revenue Service as a condition of the continued treatment of the Plan as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(c) This Section 5.09 shall have no force and effect unless the price paid for the Company Stock in connection with the Change in Control is greater than the average basis of the unallocated Company Stock held in the Loan Suspense Account as of the date of the Change in Control.

Section 5.10 Nondiscrimination Test for Matching Contributions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall meet the nondiscrimination test of Section 401(m) of the Code for each Plan Year. In order to meet the nondiscrimination test, any or all of the following steps may be taken:

(i) At any time during the Plan Year, the Committee may limit the amount of matching contributions that may be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees;

(ii) The Committee may distribute to Highly Compensated Employees the excess aggregate contributions made for the Plan Year, to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section 401(m) of Code, on the basis of the amount of contributions on behalf of, or by, each Highly Compensated Employee;

(iii) The Committee may recommend to the Board of Directors of the Bank that the Employer make an additional matching contribution to the Plan for the benefit of Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code; and

(iv) The Committee may take any other steps that the Committee deems appropriate.

(b) Excess aggregate contributions distributed pursuant to Section 5.10(a)(ii) shall be adjusted for any income and loss up to the date of distribution equal to income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Company Stock Account and Other Investments Account multiplied by a fraction, the numerator which is such Participant’s excess aggregate contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s account balance(s) attributable to Matching Contributions, without regard to any income or loss during the Plan Year.

 

22


(c) The nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code require that, in each Plan Year, the “Contribution Percentage” (as defined below) of the eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year shall not exceed the greater of:

(i) The Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(ii) The lesser of the Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year multiplied by 2, or the Contribution Percentage of all other eligible Employees for the preceding Plan Year plus 2 percentage points. (For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2002, use of this alternative limitation shall be subject to the provisions of Section 1.401(m)-2 of the Treasury Regulations regarding the multiple use of the alternative deferral tests set forth in Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code.)

The Committee may elect to calculate the Contribution Percentages using the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Committee so elects, the election may only be changed as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(d) The “Contribution Percentage” for a group of Employees is the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each Employee in the group, of the amount of Matching Contributions that are credited under the Plan on behalf of each Employee for the Plan Year, to each Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

23


Section 6

Vesting

Section 6.01 Deferred Vesting in Accounts.

(a) A Participant shall become vested in his Accounts with respect to contributions made pursuant to Section 4.01(a) or Section 4.01(b) of the Plan in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than 2 years

   0 %

2 years

   20 %

3 years

   40 %

4 years

   60 %

5 years

   80 %

6 or more years

   100 %

(b) For purposes of determining a Participant’s Years of Service under this Section 6.01, employment with the Bank or an Affiliate shall be deemed employment with the Employer. Except as otherwise provided for in this Section 6.01 and in Section 6.05 of the Plan, for purposes of determining the Vested Percentage of all Participants, all Service with an Employer shall be included, beginning with the Employee’s initial Service with the Employer.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Service with Columbia Home Loans, LLC, formerly known as Columbia Equities, Ltd., prior to August 14, 2000 shall not be counted for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested Percentage under this Section 6.

Section 6.02 Immediate Vesting in Certain Situations.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 6.01(a) of the Plan, a Participant shall become fully vested in his Accounts upon the earlier of:

(i) Termination of the Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by the Employer to the Plan; provided, however, that in the event of a partial termination, the interest of each Participant shall fully vest only with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated;

(ii) Termination of Service on or after the Participant’s Early Retirement Date;

(iii) A Change in Control; or

(iv) Termination of Service by reason of death or Disability.

 

24


Section 6.03 Treatment of Forfeitures.

(a) If a Participant who is not fully vested in his Accounts terminates employment, that portion of his Accounts in which he is not vested shall be forfeited upon the earlier of:

(i) The date the Participant receives or is deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan, or

(ii) The date at which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance; or

(iii) The date at which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

(b) If a Participant who has terminated employment and has received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan is subsequently reemployed by an Employer prior to incurring five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, he shall have the portion of his Accounts which was previously forfeited restored to his Accounts, provided he repays to the Trustee within five (5) years of his subsequent employment date an amount equal to the distribution. The amount restored to the Participant’s Account shall be credited to his Account as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant repays the distributed amount to the Trustee and the restored amount shall come from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. If a Participant’s employment terminates prior to his Account having become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested interest as of the Valuation Date next following his termination of employment.

(c) If a Participant who has terminated employment, but has not received a distribution of his entire vested benefits under the Plan, is subsequently reemployed by an Employer subsequent to incurring five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance any undistributed balance of his Account from his prior participation which was not forfeited shall be maintained as a fully vested subaccount with his Account.

(d) If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, assets other than Company Stock must be forfeited before any Company Stock may be forfeited.

(e) Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions or reallocated among the other Participants in the Plan.

Section 6.04 Accounting for Forfeitures.

A forfeiture shall be-charged to a Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 6.03 of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 of the Plan, at the discretion of the Committee, a forfeiture shall be used to reduce any matching contributions made by the terminated Participant’s Employer under Section 4.01(a) or be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 5, as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

 

25


Section 6.05 Vesting Upon Reemployment.

(a) If an Employee is not vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Period of Severance and again performs an Hour of Service, such Employee shall receive credit for his Years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance, as applicable, only if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service or One Year Periods of Severance is less than the greater of: (i) five (5) years or (ii) the aggregate number of his years of Service credited before his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance.

(b) If a Participant is partially vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Period of Severance and again performs an Hour of Service, such Participant shall receive credit for his years of Service prior to his One Year Break in Service or One Year Period of Severance, as applicable; provided, however, that after five (5) consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, a former Participant’s vested interest in his Accounts attributable to Service prior to his One Year Period of Severance shall not be increased as a result of his years of Service following his reemployment date.

(c) If a Participant is fully vested in his Accounts, incurs a One Year Period of Severance and again performs an Hour of Service, such Participant shall receive credit for all his years of Service prior to his One Year Period of Severance.

Section 7

Distributions

Section 7.01 Distribution of Benefit Upon a Termination of Employment.

(a) Subject to the requirements of Section 7.02, a Participant whose Service terminates for any reason shall receive the entire vested portion of his Accounts in a single payment on a date selected by the Committee; provided, however, that such date shall be as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s employment terminated. The benefits from that portion of the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.05 of the Plan, if the Committee so provides, a Participant may elect that his benefits be distributed to him in the form of either Company Stock, cash, or some combination thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01, if the balance credited to a Participant’s Accounts exceeds $1,000, his benefits shall not be paid before 60 days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65 or in which occurs the 10 th anniversary of the year in which he commenced participation in the Plan, unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. Such an election is not valid unless it is made after the Participant has received the required notice under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations that provides a general description of the material features of a lump sum distribution and the Participant’s right to defer receipt of his benefits under the Plan. The notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to such benefit. Written consent of the Participant to the distribution generally may not be made within 30 days of the date the Participant receives the notice and shall not be made more than 90 days from the date the

 

26


Participant receives the notice. However, a distribution may be made less than 30 days after the notice provided under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, if:

(i) the Committee clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee.

Section 7.02 Minimum Distribution Requirements.

With respect to all Participants, other than those who are “5% owners” (as defined in Section 416 of the Code), benefits shall be paid no later than the April 1 st of the later of:

(i) the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, or

(ii) the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

With respect to all Participants who are 5% owners within the meaning of Section 416 of the Code, such Participants benefits shall be paid no later than the April 1 st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.

Section 7.03 Benefits on a Participant’s Death.

(a) If a Participant dies before his benefits are paid pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan, the balance credited to his Accounts shall be paid to his Beneficiary in a single distribution on or before the 60 th day after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died. If the Participant has not named a Beneficiary or if his named Beneficiary should not survive him, then the balance in his Account shall be paid to his estate. The benefits from that portion of the Participant’s Other Investments Account shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

(b) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then, unless he has specifically elected otherwise, the Committee shall cause the balance in his Accounts to be paid to his spouse, as Beneficiary. A married Participant may name an individual other than his spouse as his Beneficiary, provided that such election is accompanied by the spouse’s written consent, which must:

(i) acknowledge the effect of the election;

(ii) explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the spouse’s further consent or that it may be changed without such consent; and

 

27


(iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public.

This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the spouse may not be located.

(c) The Committee shall from time to time take whatever steps it deems appropriate to keep informed of each Participant’s marital status. Each Employer shall provide the Committee with the most reliable information in the Employer’s possession regarding its Participants’ marital status, and the Committee may, in its discretion, require a notarized affidavit from any Participant as to his marital status. The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant as to the Participant’s marital status.

Section 7.04 Delay In Benefit Determination.

If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to this Section 7, the benefits shall in any event be paid as soon as practicable after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

Section 7.05 Options to Receive and Sell Stock.

(a) Unless ownership of virtually all Company Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Company Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Accounts in the form of Company Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in his Other Investments Account to purchase sufficient Company Stock to make the required distribution.

(b) Any Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to this Section 7, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover distribution described in Section 402(c) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Company Stock to purchase the Company Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Company Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Company Stock’s current fair market value. If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Company Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

28


(c) With respect to a put right, the Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Company Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period not longer than five (5) years from the 30th day after the put right is exercised pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 7.05, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

(d) Nothing contained in this Section 7.05 shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Company Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Company Stock. The put right described in this Section 7.05 may only be exercised by a person described in the paragraph Section 7.05(b) of this Section 7.05, and may not be transferred with any Company Stock to any other person. As to all Company Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Acquisition Loan, the put right be nonterminable. The put right for Company Stock acquired through a Acquisition Loan shall continue with respect to such Company Stock after the Acquisition Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Except as provided above, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 54.4975-7(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, no Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan may be subject to any put, call or other option or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by, and when distributed from, the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an employee stock ownership plan.

Section 7.06 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock.

Except in the case of Company Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to this Section 7, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover distribution described in Section 402(c) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Company Stock to any other person, first offer the Company Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at its current fair market value. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Company Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 7.06, as applicable, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Company Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

Section 7.07 Direct Transfer of Eligible Plan Distributions.

(a) A Participant or Beneficiary may direct that an “eligible rollover distribution” (as defined below) included in a payment made pursuant to this Section 7 be paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” (as defined below).

(b) To effect such a direct transfer, the Participant or Beneficiary must notify the Committee that a direct transfer is desired and provide to the Committee all necessary information regarding the eligible retirement plan to which the payment is to be made. Such notice shall be made in such form and at such time as the Committee may prescribe. Upon receipt of such notice, the

 

29


Committee shall direct the Trustee to make a trustee-to-trustee transfer of the eligible rollover distribution to the specified eligible retirement plan.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an “eligible rollover distribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(c)(4) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent such meaning is not inconsistent with the above references, an eligible rollover distribution shall mean any distribution of all or any portion of the Participant’s Account, except that such term shall not include any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made (i) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary, or (ii) for a period of ten (10) years or more. Further, the term “eligible rollover distribution” shall not include any distribution required to be made under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusions for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Company Stock) or, to the extent applicable under the Plan, any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code.

(d) For purposes of this Section 7.07, an “eligible retirement plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 402(c)(8) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent such meaning is not inconsistent with the above references, an eligible retirement plan shall mean: (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code; (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract), (iii) a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, and (iv) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code.

 

30


Section 8

Voting of Company Stock and Tender Offers

Section 8.01 Voting, of Company Stock.

(a) In General . The Trustee shall generally vote all shares of Company Stock held in the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.01.

(b) Allocated Shares . Shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions.

(c) Uninstructed and Unallocated Shares . Shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts, but for which no written instructions have been received by the Trustee regarding voting, shall be voted by the Trustee in a manner calculated to most accurately reflect the instructions the Trustee has received from Participants regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock. Shares of unallocated Company Stock shall also be voted by the Trustee in a manner calculated to most accurately reflect the instructions the Trustee has received from Participants regarding voting shares of allocated Company Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, all shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts and for which the Trustee has not timely received written instructions regarding voting, and all unallocated shares of Company Stock, must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

(d) Procedure and Confidentiality . Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers, the Committee and the Trustee shall see that all Participants and Beneficiaries are provided with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Company Stock, and are provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Company Stock allocated to their Accounts or deemed allocated to their Accounts for purposes of voting. The instructions of the Participants with respect to the voting of shares of Company Stock shall be confidential.

Section 8.02 Tender Offers.

In the event of a tender offer, Company Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan regarding the voting of Company Stock.

 

31


Section 9

The Committee and Plan Administration

Section 9.01 Identity of the Committee.

The Committee shall consist of three (3) or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon ten (10) days written notice to such individual and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time without reason upon ten (10) days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

Section 9.02 Authority of Committee.

(a) The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically:

(i) allocated to the Bank, the Employer, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement;

(ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee; or

(iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law.

(b) The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan.

(c) The Committee shall have full investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement.

(d) In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay such individuals reasonable compensation and expenses for services rendered with respect to the operation or administration of the Plan to the extent such payments are not otherwise prohibited by law.

Section 9.03 Duties of Committee.

(a) The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary in connection with the maintenance of the Plan and shall furnish to the Employers whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Employers. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required with respect to the Plan under ERISA and the Code and other applicable laws.

 

32


(b) The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Company Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Company Stock and the creation and satisfaction of any Acquisition Loan to the extent such responsibilities are not set forth in the Trust Agreement.

(c) The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Company Stock. Subject to the direction of the Committee with respect to any Acquisition Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of Section 7.05 and Section 11.04 of the Plan as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Company Stock or in assets other than Company Stock, the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay any Acquisition Loan, to purchase Company Stock, or to invest in other assets selected by the Committee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Company Stock or investments other than Company Stock shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust Fund, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Company Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust Fund’s investment in Company Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable compensation and expenses to the extent such payments are not prohibited by law.

(d) If the valuation of any Company Stock is not established by reported trading on a generally recognized public market, then the Committee shall have the exclusive authority and responsibility to determine the value of the Company Stock for all purposes under the Plan. Such value shall be determined as of each Valuation Date and any other date on which the Trustee purchases or sells Company Stock in a manner consistent with Section 4975 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Committee shall use generally accepted methods of valuing stock of similar corporations for purposes of arm’s length business and investment transactions, and in this connection the Committee shall obtain, and shall be protected in relying upon, the valuation of Company Stock as determined by an independent appraiser experienced in preparing valuations of similar businesses.

Section 9.04 Compliance with ERISA and the Code.

The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to ensure the Plan’s compliance with ERISA and the Code. Each individual member of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code.

Section 9.05 Action by Committee.

All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of members of the Committee. The members of the Committee may meet informally and may take any action without meeting as a group.

 

33


Section 9.06 Execution of Documents.

Any instrument executed by the Committee may be signed by any member of the Committee.

Section 9.07 Adoption of Rules.

The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper operation, administration and interpretation of the Plan.

Section 9.08 Responsibilities to Participants.

The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA or the Code (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Section 7, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the Trust. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with the terms of the Plan, applicable law, and the best interests of the individuals concerned.

Section 9.09 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity.

If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, a custodian for him under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, or the person having actual custody of him, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, his legal guardian, or the person having actual custody of him. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 9.09, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

Section 9.10 Indemnification by Employers.

Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employers, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon the Committee or such individual in connection with any claim made against the Committee or such individual or in which the Committee or such individual may be involved by reason of being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

 

34


Section 9.11 Abstention by Interested Member.

Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits under the Plan, unless his abstention would render the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

35


Section 10

Rules Governing Benefit Claims

Section 10.01 Claim for Benefits.

Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least thirty (30) days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the 30th day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Section 7 of the Plan.

Section 10.02 Notification by Committee.

Within ninety (90) days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within one hundred and eighty (180) days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(a) each specific reason for the denial;

(b) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(d) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 10.03 of the Plan.

Section 10.03 Claims Review Procedure.

Within sixty (60) days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within one hundred and twenty (120) days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

36


Section 11

The Trust

Section 11.01 Creation of Trust Fund.

All amounts received under the Plan from an Employer and investments shall beheld in a Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund. Neither the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, nor the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

Section 11.02 Company Stock and Other Investments.

The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into Company Stock and investments other than Company Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Company Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Company Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee.

Section 11.03 Acquisition of Company Stock.

From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Company Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Company Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 9.03(d) of the Plan. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Company Stock through an Acquisition Loan subject to the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Plan.

Section 11.04 Participants’ Option to Diversify.

The Committee shall provide for a procedure conforming to the requirements of Section 401(a)(35) of the Code and this section allowing Participants to elect to divest Company Stock held in their Company Stock matching sub-account and reinvest an equivalent amount in alternative diversified investment options in an Investment Fund established within the Trust.

(a) Each Participant who has attained age 55 and completed at least three years of service (based on third anniversary of date of hire) as of the Effective Date, shall be eligible to diversify all Company Stock held in their Accounts.

(b) Each Participant who has completed at least three years of service with the Employer (based on the third anniversary of date of hire) shall be eligible to diversify the Eligible Percentage of Company Stock in the Participant’s Company Stock Account that was acquired prior to the 2007 Plan Year, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Plan Year

   Eligible Percentage

 

37


2007    33%
2008    66%
2009    100%

(c) Each Participant who has completed at least three years of service (based on third anniversary of date of hire) shall be eligible to diversify all Company Stock held in the Participant’s Company Stock Account that is acquired in or after the 2007 Plan Year.

The Committee shall ensure that the Investment Fund includes at least three alternative investment options sufficient to satisfy Section 401(a)(35)(D)(i) of the Code. The Trustee shall comply with any investment directions received from Participants in accordance with the procedures adopted from time to time by the Committee under this Section 11.04.

 

38


Section 12

Adoption, Amendment and Termination

Section 12.01 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers.

With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by:

(a) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan;

(b) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund; and

(c) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

Section 12.02 Adoption of Plan by Successor.

In the event that any Employer shall be reorganized by way of merger, consolidation, transfer of assets or otherwise, so that an entity other than an Employer shall succeed to all or substantially all of the Employer’s business, the successor entity may be substituted for the Employer under the Plan by adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the Trust Agreement. Contributions by the Employer shall be automatically suspended from the effective date of any such reorganization until the date upon which the substitution of the successor entity for the Employer under the Plan becomes effective. If, within 90 days following the effective date of any such reorganization, the successor entity shall not have elected to become a party to the Plan, or if the Employer shall adopt a plan of complete liquidation other than in connection with a reorganization, the Plan shall be automatically terminated with respect to Employees of the Employer as of the close of business on the 90th day following the effective date of the reorganization, or as of the close of business on the date of adoption of a plan of complete liquidation, as the case may be.

Section 12.03 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the tax qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a) of the Code. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a) of the Code.

 

39


Section 12.04 Right to Amend or Terminate.

The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of all Employers. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, or shall divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Except as is required for purposes of compliance with the Code or ERISA, the provisions of Section 4.04 relating to the crediting of contributions, forfeitures and shares of Company Stock released from the Loan Suspense Account, nor any other provision of the Plan relating to the allocation of benefits to Participants, may be amended more frequently than once every six months. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan and the Committee’s instructions.

 

40


Section 13

General Provisions

Section 13.01 Nonassignability of Benefits.

The interests of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall not be subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated, pledged, encumbered, sold, or transferred, except to the extent provided for under Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code. The prohibitions set forth in this Section 13.01 shall also apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property or settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such judgment, decree or order is determined to be a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code or is subject to a special rule for certain judgments and settlements described in Section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code.

Section 13.02 Limit of Employer Liability.

The liability of the Employers with respect to - Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Section 13.03 Plan Expenses.

All expenses incurred by the Committee or the Trustee in connection with administering the Plan and Trust shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employers or by the Trustee.

Section 13.04 Nondiversion of Assets.

Except as provided in Section 5.05 and Section 12.03 of the Plan, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

Section 13.05 Separability of Provisions.

If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

Section 13.06 Service of Process.

The agent for service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank and the Trustee, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

 

41


Section 13.07 Governing Law.

The Plan is established under, and its validity, construction and effect shall be governed by the laws of New Jersey to the extent those laws are not preempted by federal law, including the provisions of ERISA.

Section 13.08 Special Rules for Persons Subject to Section 16(b) Requirements.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any former Participant who is subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, who becomes eligible to again participate in the Plan, may not become a Participant prior to the date that is six months from the date such former Participant terminated participation in the Plan. In addition, any person subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act receiving a distribution of Company Stock from the Plan must hold such Company Stock for a period of 6 months commencing with the date of distribution. However, this restriction will not apply to Company Stock distributions made in connection with death, retirement, disability or termination of employment, or made pursuant to the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

Section 13.09 Rules Relating to Military Service.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and Service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

42


Section 14

Top-Heavy Provisions

Section 14.01 Top-Heavy Provisions.

If, as of the last day of the first Plan Year, or thereafter, if as of the day next preceding the beginning of any Plan Year (the “Determination Date”), the Plan is a “top-heavy plan” (determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 416(g) of the Code); that is, the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all “Key Employees” (within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Code and for this purpose using the definition of Compensation, as modified under Section 5.05(b) of the Plan) and their Beneficiaries exceeds 60% of the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of all employees and their Beneficiaries, the provision specified in this Section 14.01 will automatically become effective as of the first day of the Plan Year. For purposes of the above sentence, the aggregate present value of the accrued benefits and account balances of a Participant who has not performed any services for the Bank or any of its Affiliates during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account. This calculation shall be made in accordance with Section 416(g) of the Code, taking into consideration plans which are considered part of the Aggregation Group. The term “Aggregation Group” shall include each plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that includes a Key Employee, each terminated plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that included a Key Employee within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, and each plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates that allows the Plan to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code or Section 410 of the Code. The Aggregation Group may include any other plan of the Bank or any of its Affiliates, if the Aggregation Group would continue to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

Section 14.02 Plan Modifications Upon Becoming Top-Heavy.

(a) Minimum Accruals . Section 5.04 of the Plan will be modified to provide that the aggregate amount of Employer contributions allocated in each Plan Year to the Accounts of each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), and who is employed by an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, may not be less than the lesser of

(i) three percent (3%) of his Compensation for the Plan Year; and

(ii) a percentage of his Compensation equal to the largest percentage obtained by dividing the sum of the amount credited to the Accounts of any Key Employee by that Key Employee’s Compensation.

 

43


(b) Vesting . If a Participant’s vested interest in his Account is to be determined in a top-heavy year, it shall be based on the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vested Percentage  

Fewer than 2 years

   0 %

2 years

   33  1 / 3 %

3 years

   66  2 / 3 %

4 or more years

   100 %

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Bank has caused this OceanFirst Bank Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan to be executed and delivered on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Date:  

 

    By:  

 

        John R. Garbarino
        President and Chief Executive Officer

 

44

EXHIBIT 10.21

OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of              , 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, with its principal administrative office at 975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753, and                      (the “Executive”). Any reference to “Institution” herein shall mean OceanFirst Bank or any successor thereto.

The Holding Company and the Executive previously entered into a certain Employment Agreement dated                      (the “Original Agreement”). This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement in its entirety as hereinafter set forth in order to comply with requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code “) and make certain other changes.

WHEREAS, the Holding Company wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Holding Company on a full-time basis for said period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the period of Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as                      of the Holding Company. The Executive shall render administrative and management services to the Holding Company such as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer and director of any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

 

2. TERMS.

(a) The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement shall be extended for one day each day until such time as the board of directors of the Holding Company (the “Board”) or Executive elects not to extend the term of the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall end on the third anniversary of the date of such written notice.


(b) During the period of Executive’s employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Holding Company and its direct or indirect subsidiaries (“Subsidiaries”) and participation in community and civic organizations; provided, however, that, with the approval of the Board, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or organizations, which, in such Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Executive’s employment with the Holding Company may be terminated by the Holding Company or Executive during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Moreover, in the event the Executive is terminated or suspended from his position with the Institution, Executive shall not perform, in any respect, directly or indirectly, during the pendency of his temporary or permanent suspension or termination from the Institution, duties and responsibilities formerly performed at the Institution as part of his duties and responsibilities as                      of the Holding Company.

 

3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) The Executive shall be entitled to a salary from the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries of                      per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any qualified or unqualified plan maintained by the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly. During the period of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually; the first such review will be made no later than one year from the date of this Agreement. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the Board delegated such responsibility by the Board. The Committee or the Board may increase Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary”, for purposes of this Agreement. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section 3(a), the Holding Company shall also provide Executive, at no premium cost to Executive, with all such other benefits as provided uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries.

(b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would materially adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder, except to the extent that such changes are made applicable to all Holding Company and Institution employees eligible to participate in such plans, arrangements and perquisites on a non-discriminatory basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Subsection (b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not

 

2


limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. Executive shall be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to the Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by paragraph (a) of this Section 3 and other compensation provided for by paragraph (b) of this Section 3, the Holding Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and may provide such additional compensation in such form and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any one or more of the following: (i) the termination by the Holding Company of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5(a) hereof, or for Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof; or (ii) Executive’s resignation from the Holding Company’s employ for “Good Reason,” which shall mean without Executive’s consent (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with respect to the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, including the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive as                      ; (B) a material reduction of Executive’s salary; or (C) a material change the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services to the Holding Company; or (D) a material breach of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (D) above constituting “Good Reason,” Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment by resignation within six months after initial existence of the event giving rise to said right to resign; provided that within 30 days after the initial existence of the basis for resignation Executive has provided the Holding Company written notice of the circumstances providing the basis for resigning on account of “Good Reason” and the Holding Company has failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 days after receiving such notice. A resignation by Executive without complying with the notice and opportunity to remedy provisions in this Agreement shall not constitute a resignation for “Good Reason” for any purpose of this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 8, the Holding Company shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to the sum of: (i) the amount of the remaining payments that the Executive would have earned if he had continued his employment with the Institution during the remaining term of this Agreement at the Executive’s Base Salary at the Date of Termination; and (ii) the amount equal

 

3


to the annual contributions that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Institution or the Holding Company during the remaining term of this Agreement based on contributions made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the Date of Termination, subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 22 hereof if applicable. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event the Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Holding Company will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially equivalent to the coverage maintained by the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries for Executive prior to his termination at no premium cost to the Executive. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 4(c) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits the Holding Company will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Holding Company of providing the Excluded Benefits. Such lump sum payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 22 hereof if applicable.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” of the Holding Company or the Institution shall mean an event of a nature that; (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Institution or the Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Institution or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the Institution’s or the Holding Company’s outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any voting securities of the Institution purchased by the Holding Company and any voting securities purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries; or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a Nominating Committee solely composed of members which are Incumbent Board members, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he

 

4


were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Institution or the Holding Company or similar transaction occurs or is effectuated in which the Institution or Holding Company is not the resulting entity; provided, however, that such an event listed above will be deemed to have occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required federal regulatory approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting periods; or (D) a proxy statement has been distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Holding Company, by someone other than the current management of the Holding Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Holding Company or Institution with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to such plan or transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Institution or the Holding Company shall be distributed; or (E) a tender offer is made for 20% or more of the voting securities of the Institution or Holding Company then outstanding.

(b) If a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to Section 5(a) or the Board has determined that a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in paragraphs (c) and, (d), of this Section 5 upon his subsequent termination of employment at any time during the term of this Agreement due to (i) Executive’s dismissal unless such termination is because of his death or Termination for Cause, or (ii) Executive’s resignation for “Good Reason” as defined in Section 4(a).

(c) Upon the Executive’s entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), the Holding Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal to the greater of: (i) the payments due for the remaining term of the Agreement; or (ii) three (3) times Executive’s average annual compensation for the five (5) preceding taxable years. Such annual compensation shall include Base Salary, commissions; bonuses, contributions on behalf of Executive to any pension and profit sharing plan, severance payments, directors or committee fees and fringe benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive during such years. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the date Executive becomes entitled to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 22 hereof if applicable. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

(d) Upon the Executive’s entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), the Company will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially equivalent to the coverage maintained by the Institution for Executive at no premium cost to Executive prior to his severance. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) months following the Change in Control. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 5(d) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits the Holding Company will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Holding Company

 

5


of providing the Excluded Benefits. Such cash payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 22 hereof if applicable.

 

6. CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5, in the event that:

 

(a) the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive, which are deemed to be parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or any successor thereof, (the “Termination Benefits”) would be deemed to include an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code; and

 

(b) if such Termination Benefits were reduced to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with said Section 280G and the Non-Triggering Amount less the product of the marginal rate of any applicable state and federal income tax and the Non Triggering Amount would be greater than the aggregate value of the Termination Benefits (without such reduction) minus (i) the amount of tax required to be paid by the Executive thereon by Section 4999 of the Code and further minus (ii) the product of the Termination Benefits and the marginal rate of any applicable state and federal income tax,

then the Termination Benefits shall be reduced to the Non-Triggering Amount. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits shall be determined by the Holding Company.

 

7. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of a material loss to the Holding Company or one of its Subsidiaries caused by the Executive’s intentional failure to perform stated duties, personal dishonesty, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, no act, or the failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interest of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof through the Date of Termination, stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option

 

6


plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries vest. At the Date of Termination, such stock options and related limited rights and such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Date of Termination for Cause.

 

8. NOTICE.

(a) Any purported termination by the Holding Company or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

(c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, except upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive in which case the Date of Termination shall be the date specified in the Notice, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Holding Company will continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base Salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. Amounts paid under this Section are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 9 for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment, with the Holding Company. Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Holding Company as may reasonably be required by the Holding Company in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party.

 

7


10. NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, Executive agrees not to compete with the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located and the Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection 10(a) agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Executive represents and admits that in the event of the termination of his employment pursuant to Section 7 hereof, Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries from pursuing any other remedies available to the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Holding Company and its Subsidiaries thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Holding Company. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Holding Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Holding Company from pursuing any other remedies available to the Holding Company for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

8


11. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

(a) All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Holding Company subject to Section 11(b).

(b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive under the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated                      , 2008, between Executive and the Institution (the “Institution Agreement”), such compensation payments and benefits paid by the Institution will be subtracted from any amount due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments pursuant to this Agreement and the Institution Agreement shall be allocated in proportion to the level of activity and the time expended on such activities by the Executive as determined by the Holding Company and the Institution on a quarterly basis.

 

12. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Holding Company or any predecessor of the Holding Company and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits provided under any other agreement or plan with the Holding Company or the Institution than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

13. NO ATTACHMENT.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Holding Company and their respective successors and assigns.

 

14. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

9


15. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

16. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

17. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise specified herein.

 

18. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Institution, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of the Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, Executive shall be entitled to the payment of all back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement.

 

19. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Holding Company, if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

 

20. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Holding Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he

 

10


may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Holding Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

 

21. SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY.

The Holding Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Institution or the Holding Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Holding Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

22. APPLICATION OF SECTION 409A OF THE CODE.

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so as to prevent inclusion in gross income of any amounts payable or benefits provided hereunder in a taxable year that is prior to the taxable year or years in which such amounts or benefits would otherwise actually be distributed, provided or otherwise made available to the Executive. This Agreement shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner consistent with this intent and the following provisions of this Section shall control over any contrary provisions of this Agreement.

(b) In the event Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and delayed payment of any amount or commencement of any benefit under this Agreement is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, then (i) amounts payable in connection with Executive’s termination of employment will be delayed and paid, with interest at the short term applicable federal rate as in effect as of the termination date, in a single lump sum six months thereafter (or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death) and (ii) with respect to medical and welfare benefits, Executive shall be entitled to bear the cost of such benefits for six months following such termination date, after which time the Holding Company shall continue to provide such benefits for the period they would otherwise have been provided, commencing from the six month anniversary of the Executive’s termination date.

(c) Payments and benefits hereunder upon Executive’s termination or severance of employment with the Holding Company that constitute deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of Executive’s employment which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A (subject to a possible six-month delay pursuant to Subsection (b) above).

(d) For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments so that each payment hereunder is designated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(e) All reimbursements and in kind benefits provided under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, payments under Sections 3(c), 19 and 20, shall be made or provided

 

11


in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) References in this Agreement to Code Section 409A include both that section of the Code itself and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Financial Corp. has caused this Agreement to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereunto by its duly authorized officer and its directors, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the          day of              , 2008.

 

ATTEST:       OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP.

 

    By:  

 

Secretary       For Entire Board of Directors
[SEAL]      
WITNESS:      

 

     

 

      Executive

 

12

EXHIBIT 10.22

OCEANFIRST BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of                  , 2008 (the “Effective Date”), between and among OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”), a federally chartered savings institution, with its principal administrative office at 975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753, and OceanFirst Financial Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, the holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”), and                      (“Executive”).

The Bank, the Holding Company and the Executive previously entered into a certain Employment Agreement dated                      (the “Original Agreement”). This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement in its entirety as hereinafter set forth in order to comply with requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code “) and make certain other changes.

WHEREAS, the Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank on a full-time basis for said period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the period of his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as                      of the Bank. Executive shall render administrative and management services to the Bank such as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer and director of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Bank.

 

2. TERMS AND DUTIES.

(a) The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and continuing on each anniversary thereafter, the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Bank (“Board”) may extend the Agreement an additional year such that the remaining term of the Agreement shall be three (3) years unless the Executive elects not to extend the term of this Agreement by giving written notice in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. The Board will review the Agreement and Executive’s performance annually for purposes of


determining whether to extend the Agreement and the rationale and results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. The Board shall give notice to the Executive as soon as possible after such review as to whether the Agreement is to be extended.

(b) During the period of Executive’s employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank and participation in community and civic organizations; provided, however, that, with the approval of the Board, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or organizations, which, in such Board’s judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executive’s duties pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive’s employment with the Bank may be terminated by the Bank or the Executive during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) The Bank shall pay Executive as compensation a salary of                      per year (“Base Salary”). Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation deferred by Executive under any qualified or unqualified plan maintained by the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly. During the period of this Agreement, Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually; the first such review will be made no later than one year from the date of this Agreement. Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the Board, delegated such responsibility by the Board. The Committee or the Board may increase Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement. In addition to the Base Salary provided in this Section 3(a), the Bank shall also provide Executive, at no premium cost to Executive, with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Bank.

(b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank will not, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would materially adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder; except to the extent such changes are made applicable to all Bank employees on a non-discriminatory basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Subsection (b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. Executive shall be entitled to incentive compensation and bonuses as provided in any plan of the

 

- 2 -


Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to the Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) In addition to the Base Salary provided for by paragraph (a) of this Section 3 and other compensation provided for by paragraph (b) of this Section 3, the Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement and may provide such additional compensation in such form and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event-of Termination (as herein defined) during the Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply. As used in this Agreement, an “Event of Termination” shall mean and include any one or more of the following: (i) the termination by the Bank of Executive’s full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than a termination governed by Section 5(a) hereof, or Termination for Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof; (ii) Executive’s resignation from the Bank’s employ for “Good Reason,” which shall mean without Executive’s consent (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities with respect to the Bank, including the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive as                      ; (B) a material reduction of Executive’s salary; or (C) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services to the Bank; or (D) a material breach of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (D) above constituting “Good Reason,” Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment by resignation within six months after initial existence of the event giving rise to said right to resign; provided that within 30 days after the initial existence of the basis for resignation Executive has provided the Bank written notice of the circumstances providing the basis for resigning on account of “Good Reason” and the Bank has failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 days after receiving such notice. A resignation by Executive without complying with the notice and opportunity to remedy provisions in this Agreement shall not constitute a resignation for “Good Reason” for any purpose of this Agreement.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 8, the Bank shall be obligated to pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the amount of the remaining payments that the Executive would have earned if he had continued his employment with the Bank during the remaining term of this Agreement at the Executive’s Base Salary at the Date of Termination; and (ii) the amount equal to the annual contributions that would have been made on Executive’s behalf to any employee benefit plans of the Bank or the Holding Company during the remaining term of this Agreement based on contributions made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination; provided , however , that any payments pursuant to this subsection and subsection 4(c) below, shall not, in the aggregate, exceed three times Executive’s average annual compensation for the five most recent taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Bank or such lesser number of years in the event that Executive shall have been employed by the Bank for less than five years. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the Executive’s Date of

 

- 3 -


Termination, subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 24 hereof, if applicable. Any such payment may also be delayed where the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event the Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank or the Holding Company for Executive prior to his termination at no premium cost to the Executive, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank or Holding Company employees. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 4(c) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits the Bank will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Bank of providing the Excluded Benefits. Such lump sum payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 24 hereof if applicable.

 

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or Holding Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Bank or the Holding Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any voting securities of the Bank purchased by the Holding Company and any voting securities purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company, or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Holding Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or

 

- 4 -


(C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Bank or Holding Company is not the resulting entity; provided, however, that such an event listed above will be deemed to have occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required regulatory approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting periods.

(b) If a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to Section 5(a) or the Board has determined that a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in paragraphs (c), and (d) of this Section 5 upon his subsequent termination of employment at any time during the term of this Agreement due to: (1) Executive’s dismissal other than a Termination for Cause, as defined herein, or (2) Executive’s resignation for “Good Reason” as defined in Section 4(a).

(c) Upon Executive’s entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to the greater of: (1) the payments due for the remaining term of the Agreement; or 2) three (3) times Executive’s average annual compensation for the five (5) most recent taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Bank or such lesser number of years in the event that Executive shall have been employed by the Bank for less than five (5) years. Such average annual compensation shall include Base Salary, commissions, bonuses, contributions on Executive’s behalf to any pension and/or profit sharing plan, severance payments, retirement payments, directors or committee fees, fringe benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive in any such year, and payment of expense items without accountability or business purpose or that do not meet the IRS requirements for deductibility by the Institution; provided however , that any payment under this provision and subsection 5(d) below shall not exceed three (3) times the Executive’s average annual compensation. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the date Executive becomes entitled to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 24 hereof, if applicable. Any such payment may also be delayed where the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. Such payment shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

(d) Upon the Executive’s entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b), the Bank will cause to be continued life, medical, dental and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his severance at no premium cost to the Executive, except to the extent that such coverage may be changed in its application for all Bank employees on a non-discriminatory basis. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) months following the Date of Termination. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 5(d) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits the Bank will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Bank of providing

 

- 5 -


the Excluded Benefits. Such cash payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 24 hereof if applicable.

 

6. CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the “Termination Benefits”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount”, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits provided by Section 5 shall be determined by the Bank.

 

7. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof through the Date of Termination for Cause, stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable, nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination for Cause, such stock options and related limited rights and such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

 

8. NOTICE.

(a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

 

- 6 -


(b) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty days from the date such Notice of Termination is given.).

(c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, in the event the Executive is terminated for reasons other than Termination for Cause the Bank will continue, to pay Executive his Base Salary in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given until the earlier of: 1) the resolution of the dispute in accordance with this Agreement or 2) the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement as determined as of the Date of Termination. Amounts paid under this Section are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 9 for one (1) full year after the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank. Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party.

 

10. NON-COMPETITION.

(a) Upon any termination of Executive’s employment hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any city, town or county in which the Executive’s normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office, determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Subsection 10(a) agree that in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executive’s partners, agents, servants, employees and all persons acting for or under the direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

- 7 -


(b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates thereof, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to the OTS and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

11. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

(a) All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Holding Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Holding Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive under the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated                  , 2008, between Executive and the Holding Company (the “Holding Company Agreement”), such compensation payments and benefits paid by the Holding Company will be subtracted from any amounts due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments pursuant to this Agreement and the Holding Company Agreement shall be allocated in proportion to the services rendered and time expended on such activities by Executive as determined by the Holding Company and the Bank on a quarterly basis.

 

12. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits provided under any other agreement or plan with the Bank or the Holding Company than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


13. NO ATTACHMENT.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

14. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

15. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

(a) The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank, other than Termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 7 hereinabove.

(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1); the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1) all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall

 

- 9 -


terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e) All obligations of the Bank under this contract shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution: (i) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or his designee) at the time the Director (or his designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

16. REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 15(b).

In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice described in Section 15(b) hereof (the “Notice”) during the term of this Agreement, the Bank will assume its obligation to pay and Executive will be entitled to receive all of the termination benefits provided for under Section 5 of this Agreement upon the Bank’s receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.

 

17. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

19. GOVERNING LAW.

The validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

- 10 -


20. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with Executive’s termination is resolved in favor of Executive, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, Executive shall be entitled to the payment of all back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due Executive under this Agreement.

 

21. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.

All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank if Executive is successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

 

22. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) as permitted under federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(b) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

23. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.

The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank or the Holding Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

- 11 -


24. APPLICATION OF SECTION 409A OF THE CODE.

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so as to prevent inclusion in gross income of any amounts payable or benefits provided hereunder in a taxable year that is prior to the taxable year or years in which such amounts or benefits would otherwise actually be distributed, provided or otherwise made available to the Executive. This Agreement shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner consistent with this intent.

(b) In the event Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and delayed payment of any amount or commencement of any benefit under this Agreement is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, then (i) amounts payable in connection with Executive’s termination of employment will be delayed and paid, with interest at the short term applicable federal rate as in effect as of the termination date, in a single lump sum six months thereafter (or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death) and (ii) with respect to medical and welfare benefits, Executive shall be entitled to bear the cost of such benefits for six months following such termination date, after which time the Bank shall continue to provide such benefits for the period they would otherwise have been provided, commencing from the six month anniversary of the Executive’s termination date.

(c) Payments and benefits hereunder upon Executive’s termination or severance of employment with the Bank that constitute deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of Executive’s employment which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A (subject to a possible six-month delay pursuant to Subsection (b) above).

(d) For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments so that each payment hereunder is designated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(e) All reimbursements and in kind benefits provided under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, payments under Sections 3(c), 21 and 22, shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) References in this Agreement to Code Section 409A include both that section of the Code itself and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

- 12 -


SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Bank and OceanFirst Financial Corp. have caused this Agreement to be executed and seals to be affixed hereunto by their duly authorized officers and directors, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the          day of              , 2008.

 

ATTEST:       OCEANFIRST BANK

 

    By:  

 

Secretary       For Entire Board of Directors

[SEAL]

     
ATTEST:     OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP.
     

(Guarantor)

 

    By:  

 

Secretary       For Entire Board of Directors

[SEAL]

     
WITNESS:      

 

     

 

     

Executive

 

- 13 -

EXHIBIT 10.23

OCEAN FINANCIAL CORP.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TWO YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Two Year Change in Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of                  , 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its office at 975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753, and                      (“Executive”). The term “Bank” refers to OceanFirst Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company or any successor thereto.

The Holding Company and the Executive previously entered into a certain Two-Year Change in Control Agreement dated                      (the “Original Agreement”). This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement in its entirety as hereinafter set forth in order to comply with requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”).

WHEREAS, the Holding Company recognizes the substantial contribution Executive has made to the Holding Company and wishes to protect his position therewith for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Holding Company or an affiliate thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the contribution and responsibilities of Executive, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF AGREEMENT .

The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the Effective Date, the term of this Agreement shall be extended for one day each day until such time as the board of directors of the Holding Company (the “Board”) or Executive elects not to extend the term of the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall end on the third anniversary of the date of such written notice.

 

2. CHANGE IN CONTROL .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Holding Company (as herein defined) followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by the termination of Executive’s employment, the provisions of Section 3 shall apply. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall have the right to elect to voluntarily terminate his employment at any time during the term of this Agreement for “Good Reason”, which shall


mean without Executive’s consent (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (B) a material reduction of Executive’s salary; or (C) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services to the Bank; or (D) a material breach of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (D) above constituting “Good Reason,” Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment by resignation within six months after initial existence of the event giving rise to said right to resign; provided that within 30 days after the initial existence of the basis for resignation Executive has provided the Bank written notice of the circumstances providing the basis for resigning on account of “Good Reason” and the Bank has failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 days after receiving such notice. A resignation by Executive without complying with the notice and opportunity to remedy provisions in this Agreement shall not constitute a resignation for “Good Reason” for any purpose of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or Holding Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the rules and regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Bank or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s outstanding voting securities except for any voting securities of the Bank purchased by the Holding Company in connection with the conversion of the Bank to the stock form and any voting securities purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Bank, or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Holding Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Bank or Holding Company is not the resulting entity; provided, however, that such an event listed above will be deemed to have occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required federal regulatory approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting periods, or (D) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Holding Company, by someone other than the current management of the Holding Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Holding Company or Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to such plan or transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Holding Company shall be distributed, or

 

2


(E) a tender offer is made for 20% or more of the voting securities of the Bank or Holding Company then outstanding.

(c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination benefits pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon Termination for Cause. The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of a material loss to the Holding Company or one of its Subsidiaries caused by Executive’s intentional failure to perform stated duties, personal dishonesty, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof through the Date of Termination, stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination, such stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards, shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination For Cause.

 

3. TERMINATION BENEFITS .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by the voluntary or involuntary termination of Executive’s employment, other than for Termination for Cause, the Holding Company shall be obligated to pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to two (2) times Executive’s average annual compensation for the five most recent taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Bank or such lesser number of years in the event that Executive shall have been employed by the Bank for less than five years. Such annual compensation shall include Base Salary, commissions, bonuses, contributions on behalf of Executive to any pension and profit sharing plan, severance payments, director or committee fees and fringe benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive during such years. Such payments shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the Date of Termination, subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 18 hereof, if applicable. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by Executive’s termination of employment, other than for Termination for Cause, the Holding Company shall cause to be continued life, medical and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his severance, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon

 

3


expiration of thirty-six (36) full calendar months following the Date of Termination. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 3(b) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits, the Bank will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Holding Company of providing the Excluded Benefits. Such lump sum payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 18 hereof, if applicable.

(c) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3, in the event that:

 

  (i) the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive, which are deemed to be parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or any successor thereof, (the “Termination Benefits”) would be deemed to include an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code; and

 

  (ii) if such Termination Benefits were reduced to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with said Section 280G and the Non-Triggering Amount less the product of the marginal rate of any applicable state and federal income tax and the Non Triggering Amount would be greater than the aggregate value of the Termination Benefits (without such reduction) minus (i) the amount of tax required to be paid by the Executive thereon by Section 4999 of the Code and further minus (ii) the product of the Termination Benefits and the marginal rate of any applicable state and federal income tax,

then the Termination Benefits shall be reduced to the Non-Triggering Amount. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits shall be determined by the Holding Company.

 

4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION .

(a) Any purported termination by the Holding Company, or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of Termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

 

4


(c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Holding Company will continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to his current annual salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. Amounts paid under this Section 4(c) are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

 

5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS .

It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this Agreement shall be paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Holding Company. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive under the Bank Agreement, as defined herein, such compensation payments and benefits paid or provided by the Bank under the Bank Agreement will be subtracted from any amount due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.

 

6. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS .

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Holding Company and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue in the employ of the Holding Company or shall impose on the Holding Company any obligation to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

 

7. NO ATTACHMENT .

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

5


(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Holding Company and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER .

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

9. REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER BANK AGREEMENT .

In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice described in Section 9(b) of the Amended and Restated Two Year Change in Control Agreement between Executive and the Bank dated              , 2008, (the “Bank Agreement”) during the term of this Agreement and a Change in Control, as defined herein, occurs, the Holding Company will assume its obligation to pay and Executive will be entitled to receive all of the termination benefits provided for under Section 3 of the Bank Agreement upon the notification of the Holding Company of the Bank’s receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.

 

10. EFFECT OF ACTION UNDER BANK AGREEMENT .

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits are paid to or received by Executive under the Bank Agreement between Executive and Bank, the amount of such payments and benefits paid by the Bank will be subtracted from any amount due simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.

 

11. SEVERABILITY .

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

12. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY .

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, references herein to the masculine shall apply to both the masculine and the feminine.

 

6


13. GOVERNING LAW .

The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

14. ARBITRATION .

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Holding Company, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES .

All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Holding Company if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

 

16. INDEMNIFICATION .

The Holding Company shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and as provided in the Holding Company’s certificate of incorporation against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Holding Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

 

17. SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY .

The Holding Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank or the Holding Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Holding Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

18. APPLICATION OF SECTION 409A OF THE CODE .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so as to prevent inclusion in gross income of any amounts payable or benefits provided hereunder in a taxable year that is prior to the taxable year

 

7


or years in which such amounts or benefits would otherwise actually be distributed, provided or otherwise made available to the Executive. This Agreement shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner consistent with this intent.

(b) In the event Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and delayed payment of any amount or commencement of any benefit under this Agreement is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, then (i) amounts payable in connection with Executive’s termination of employment will be delayed and paid, with interest at the short term applicable federal rate as in effect as of the termination date, in a single lump sum six months thereafter (or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death) and (ii) with respect to medical and welfare benefits, Executive shall be entitled to bear the cost of such benefits for six months following such termination date, after which time the Holding Company shall continue to provide such benefits for the period they would otherwise have been provided, commencing from the six month anniversary of the Executive’s termination date.

(c) Payments and benefits hereunder upon Executive’s termination or severance of employment with the Holding Company that constitute deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of Executive’s employment which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A (subject to a possible six-month delay pursuant to Subsection (b) above).

(d) For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments so that each payment hereunder is designated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(e) All reimbursements and in kind benefits provided under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, payments under Sections 15 and 16, shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) References in this Agreement to Code Section 409A include both that section of the Code itself and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Financial Corp. has caused this Agreement to be executed and its seal to be affixed by its duly authorized officers, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the              day of              , 2008.

 

ATTEST:   OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP.

 

8


 

      By:  

 

Secretary       Officer
SEAL      
WITNESS:      

 

 

      Executive

 

9

EXHIBIT 10.24

OCEANFIRST BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TWO YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Two Year Change in Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of                      , 2008 (the “Effective Date”) between and among OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”), a federally chartered savings institution, with its principal administrative office at 975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753,                      (“Executive”), and OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which is the holding company of the Bank.

The Bank, the Holding Company and the Executive previously entered into a certain Two-Year Change in Control Agreement dated                      (the “Original Agreement”). This Agreement amends and restates the Original Agreement in its entirety as hereinafter set forth in order to comply with requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”).

WHEREAS, the Bank recognizes the substantial contribution Executive has made to the Bank and wishes to protect Executive’s position therewith for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the contribution and responsibilities of Executive, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF AGREEMENT .

The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the first anniversary date of the Effective Date and continuing at each anniversary date thereafter, the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Board”) may extend the Agreement for an additional year. The Board will review the Agreement and Executive’s performance annually for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.

 

2. CHANGE IN CONTROL .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company (as herein defined) followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by the termination of Executive’s employment, other than for Cause, as defined in Section 2(c) hereof, the provisions of Section 3 shall apply. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall have the right to elect to voluntarily terminate his employment at any time during the term of this


Agreement for “Good Reason,” which shall mean without Executive’s consent (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (B) a material reduction of Executive’s salary; or (C) a material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services to the Bank; or (D) a material breach of this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A) through (D) above constituting “Good Reason,” Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment by resignation within six months after initial existence of the event giving rise to said right to resign; provided that within 30 days after the initial existence of the basis for resignation Executive has provided the Bank written notice of the circumstances providing the basis for resigning on account of “Good Reason” and the Bank has failed to remedy such circumstances within 30 days after receiving such notice. A resignation by Executive without complying with the notice and opportunity to remedy provisions in this Agreement shall not constitute a resignation for “Good Reason” for any purpose of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or Holding Company shall mean an event of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933, as amended, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided, that in applying the definition of change in control as set forth under the Rules and Regulations of the OTS, the Board shall substitute its judgment for that of the OTS); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Holding Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Holding Company’s outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any voting securities of the Bank purchased by the Holding Company in connection with the conversion of the Bank to the stock form and any voting securities purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company, or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Holding Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Bank or Holding Company is not the resulting entity; provided, however, that such an event listed above will be deemed to have occurred or to have been effectuated upon the receipt of all required regulatory approvals not including the lapse of any statutory periods.

(c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination benefits pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon Termination for Cause. The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any

 

2


breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after the Date of Termination for Cause. During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to Section 8 hereof through the Date of Termination for Cause, stock options and related limited rights granted to Executive under any stock option plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, vest. At the Date of Termination for Cause, such stock options and related limited rights and any such unvested awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

 

3. TERMINATION BENEFITS .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by termination of the Executive’s employment due to: (1) Executive’s dismissal or (2) Executive’s voluntary termination for Good Reason pursuant to Section 2(a), unless such termination is due to Termination for Cause, the Bank and the Holding Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to two (2) times Executive’s average annual compensation for the five most recent taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Bank or such lesser number of years in the event that Executive shall have been employed by the Bank for less than five years. Such average annual compensation shall include Base Salary, commissions, bonuses, contributions on Executive’s behalf to any pension and/or profit sharing plan, severance payments, retirement payments, directors or committee fees, fringe benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive in any such year and payment of any expense items without accountability or business purpose or that do not meet the Internal Revenue Service requirements for deductibility by the Bank; provided however , that any payment under this provision and subsection 3(b) below shall not exceed three (3) times the Executive’s average annual compensation. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within five business days of the Date of Termination, subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 18 hereof, if applicable. Any such payment may also be delayed where the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Bank reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company followed at any time during the term of this Agreement by Executive’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment, other than for Termination for Cause, the Bank shall cause to be

 

3


continued life, medical and disability coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank or Holding Company for Executive prior to his severance, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank or Holding Company employees on a nondiscriminatory basis. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) full calendar months from the Date of Termination. If the provision of any of the benefits covered by this Section 3(b) would trigger the 20% excise tax and interest penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the benefit(s) that would trigger such tax and interest penalties shall not be provided (collectively the “Excluded Benefits”), and in lieu of the Excluded Benefits, the Bank will pay to the Executive, in a lump sum within thirty business days following termination of employment or thirty business days after such determination, should it occur after termination of employment, a cash amount equal to the cost to the Holding Company of providing the Excluded Benefits. Such lump sum payment will be subject to delayed payment pursuant to Section 18 hereof if applicable.

(c) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the “Termination Benefits”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount,” as determined in accordance with said Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination Benefits provided by the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3 shall be determined by the Bank.

 

4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION .

(a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive in connection with a Change in Control shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b) “Date of Termination” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the instance of Termination for Cause, shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

(c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal therefrom having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute in connection with a Change in Control, in the event the Executive is terminated for reasons other than Termination for Cause, the Bank will

 

4


continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to his annual salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the earlier of: (1) the resolution of the dispute in accordance with this Agreement or (2) the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement as determined as of the Date of Termination.

 

5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS .

It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this Agreement shall be paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. Further, the Holding Company guarantees such payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Holding Company.

 

6. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS .

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Executive the right to continue in the employ of Bank or shall impose on the Bank any obligation to employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

 

7. NO ATTACHMENT .

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER .

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver

 

5


shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

9. REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS .

(a) The board of directors may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the board of directors, other than Termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 2 hereinabove.

(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. §1818(c)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e) All obligations under this contract shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (or his or her designee) at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Resolution Trust Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (or his or her designee) at the time the Director (or his or her designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

6


 

10. REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(B) .

In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice described in Section 9(b) hereof (the “Notice”) during the term of this Agreement and a Change in Control, as defined herein, occurs, the Bank will assume its obligation to pay and Executive will be entitled to receive all of the termination benefits provided for under Section 3 of this Agreement upon the Bank’s receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.

 

11. SEVERABILITY .

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

12. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY .

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, references to the masculine shall apply equally to the feminine.

 

13. GOVERNING LAW .

The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey but only to the extent not preempted by Federal law.

 

14. ARBITRATION .

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank’s main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

15. PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES .

All reasonable costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank (which payments are guaranteed by the Holding Company pursuant to Section 5 hereof) if Executive is successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

 

7


16. INDEMNIFICATION .

(a) The Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) as permitted under federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(b) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. §545.121 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

17. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK .

The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

18. APPLICATION OF SECTION 409A OF THE CODE .

(a) To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so as to prevent inclusion in gross income of any amounts payable or benefits provided hereunder in a taxable year that is prior to the taxable year or years in which such amounts or benefits would otherwise actually be distributed, provided or otherwise made available to the Executive. This Agreement shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner consistent with this intent.

(b) In the event Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and delayed payment of any amount or commencement of any benefit under this Agreement is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, then (i) amounts payable in connection with Executive’s termination of employment will be delayed and paid, with interest at the short term applicable federal rate as in effect as of the termination date, in a single lump sum six months thereafter (or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death) and (ii) with respect to medical and welfare benefits, Executive shall be entitled to bear the cost of such benefits for six months following such termination date, after which time the Bank shall continue to provide such benefits for the period they would otherwise have been provided, commencing from the six month anniversary of the Executive’s termination date.

(c) Payments and benefits hereunder upon Executive’s termination or severance of employment with the Bank that constitute deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of Executive’s employment

 

8


which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A (subject to a possible six-month delay pursuant to Subsection (b) above).

(d) For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments so that each payment hereunder is designated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(e) All reimbursements and in kind benefits provided under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, payments under Sections 15 and 16, shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) References in this Agreement to Code Section 409A include both that section of the Code itself and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OceanFirst Bank and OceanFirst Financial Corp. have caused this Agreement to be executed and seals to be affixed hereunto by their duly authorized officers, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the          day of          , 2008.

 

ATTEST:           OCEANFIRST BANK

 

    By:  

 

Secretary       Officer

[SEAL]

     
ATTEST:       OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP.
     

(Guarantor)

 

    By:  

 

Secretary       Officer

[SEAL]

     

 

9


WITNESS:      

 

     

 

      Executive

 

10

Exhibit 13

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of the Company

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and Notes thereto presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

At December 31,

   2007     2006    2005    2004    2003
(dollars in thousands)                          

Selected Financial Condition Data:

             

Total assets

   $ 1,927,499     $ 2,077,002    $ 1,985,357    $ 1,914,275    $ 1,717,409

Investment securities available for sale

     57,625       82,384      83,861      83,960      80,458

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     22,941       25,346      21,792      21,250      19,220

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     54,137       68,369      85,025      124,478      86,938

Loans receivable, net

     1,675,919       1,701,425      1,654,544      1,472,907      1,389,220

Mortgage loans held for sale

     6,072       82,943      32,044      63,961      33,207

Deposits

     1,283,790       1,372,328      1,356,568      1,270,535      1,144,205

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     393,000       430,500      354,900      312,000      314,400

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     109,307       102,482      118,289      151,072      106,723

Stockholders’ equity

     124,306       132,320      138,784      137,956      134,662

For the Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006    2005    2004    2003
(dollars in thousands; except per share amounts)                          

Selected Operating Data:

             

Interest income

   $ 114,964     $ 116,562    $ 102,799    $ 90,952    $ 94,537

Interest expense

     62,040       58,443      41,873      34,931      36,894
                                   

Net interest income

     52,924       58,119      60,926      56,021      57,643

Provision for loan losses

     700       150      350      300      688
                                   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     52,224       57,969      60,576      55,721      56,955

Other income

     2,531       13,608      24,090      20,740      18,749

Operating expenses

     53,820       52,381      54,834      48,759      44,857
                                   

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     935       19,196      29,832      27,702      30,847

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (140 )     6,563      10,335      9,757      10,974
                                   

Net income

   $ 1,075     $ 12,633    $ 19,497    $ 17,945    $ 19,873
                                   

Basic earnings per share

   $ .09     $ 1.09    $ 1.65    $ 1.48    $ 1.62
                                   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ .09     $ 1.07    $ 1.60    $ 1.42    $ 1.53
                                   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data (continued)

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 5


Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of the Company (continued)

 

At or For the Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data (1) :

          

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets

     .05 %     .62 %     1.00 %     .98 %     1.14 %

Return on average stockholders’ equity

     .86       9.40       14.43       13.34       14.84  

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     6.45       6.37       6.99       7.21       7.84  

Tangible equity to tangible assets

     6.45       6.32       6.93       7.13       7.75  

Average interest rate spread (2)

     2.50       2.69       3.07       3.03       3.24  

Net interest margin (3)

     2.79       2.98       3.30       3.23       3.48  

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     108.96       109.53       109.74       110.24       110.82  

Operating expenses to average assets

     2.70       2.56       2.81       2.67       2.57  

Efficiency ratio (4)

     97.05       73.03       64.50       63.52       58.72  

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable (5)(6)

     .52       .25       .09       .23       .15  

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (6)

     .48       .23       .09       .20       .14  

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans receivable (5)

     .62       .57       .62       .69       .75  

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans (6)

     119.76       226.25       655.80       306.42       499.63  

Per Share Data:

          

Cash dividends per common share

   $ .80     $ .80     $ .80     $ .80     $ .78  

Book value per common share at end of period

     10.07       10.79       10.93       10.59       10.09  

Tangible book value per common share at end of period

     10.07       10.70       10.83       10.49       9.98  

Number of full-service customer facilities:

     20       21       18       17       17  

 

(1) With the exception of end of year ratios, all ratios are based on average daily balances.
(2) The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
(4) Efficiency ratio represents the ratio of operating expenses to the aggregate of other income and net interest income.
(5) Total loans receivable includes loans receivable and loans held for sale.
(6) Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and real estate acquired through foreclosure (“REO”). Non-performing loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other loans in the process of foreclosure. It is the Company’s policy to cease accruing interest on all such loans.

 

6 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Company” or “OCFC”) is the holding company for OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”). On August 17, 1995, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion, as amended, to convert from a Federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a Federally-chartered capital stock savings bank with the concurrent formation of a holding company (the “Conversion”).

The Conversion was completed on July 2, 1996 with the issuance by the Company of 25,164,235 shares of its common stock in a public offering to the Bank’s eligible depositors and the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”). Concurrent with the close of the Conversion, an additional 2,013,137 shares of common stock (8% of the offering) were issued and donated by the Company to OceanFirst Foundation (the “Foundation”), a private foundation dedicated to charitable purposes within Ocean County, New Jersey and its neighboring communities.

The Company conducts business, primarily through its ownership of the Bank which operates its administrative/branch office located in Toms River and nineteen other branch offices. Sixteen of the twenty branch offices are located in Ocean County, New Jersey, with three branches in Monmouth County and one in Middlesex County. The Bank also operates one loan production office in Kenilworth, New Jersey.

The Company’s results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Company also generates non-interest income such as income from loan sales, reverse mortgage loan originations, loan servicing, merchant check card services, deposit accounts, the sale of alternative investments, trust and asset management services and other fees. The Company’s operating expenses primarily consist of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, marketing, and other general and administrative expenses. The Company’s results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory agencies.

Strategy

The Company operates as a consumer-oriented bank, with a strong focus on its local community. The Bank is the oldest and largest community-based financial institution headquartered in Ocean County, New Jersey. The Company competes with generally larger and out-of-market financial service providers through its local focus and the delivery of superior service. Additionally, over the past few years, the Company has developed a more proactive sales culture throughout the organization.

The Company’s strategy has been to consistently grow profitability while limiting credit and interest rate risk exposure. To accomplish these objectives, the Company has sought to (1) grow loans receivable through the Bank’s traditional mortgage portfolio emphasis supplemented by the offering of commercial lending services to local businesses; (2) grow core deposits (defined as all deposits other than time deposits) through de novo branch expansion and product offerings appealing to a broadened customer base; (3) increase non-interest income by expanding the menu of fee-based products and services; and (4) actively manage the Company’s capital position.

With industry consolidation eliminating most locally-headquartered competitors, the Company saw an opportunity to fill a perceived void for locally delivered commercial loan and deposit services. As such, the Company assembled an experienced team of business banking professionals responsible for offering commercial loan and deposit services and merchant check card services to businesses in Ocean County and surrounding communities. As a result of this initiative, commercial loans represented 22.5% of the Bank’s total loans receivable at December 31, 2007 as compared to only 3.6% at December 31, 1997. Commercial loan growth in 2007 of $25.0 million, or 7.0%, was less than the Company’s expectations due to a proactive approach relating to the exit of several criticized credits and heightened competition. For 2008, these factors may once again keep the Company from attaining its commercial loan growth targets. The diversification of the Company’s loan products entails a higher degree of credit risk than is involved in one-to-four family residential mortgage lending activity. As a consequence, management continues to employ a well-defined credit policy focusing on quality underwriting and close management and Board monitoring.

The Company seeks to increase core deposit market share in its primary market area by expanding the Bank’s branch network and improving market penetration. Over the past twelve years through December 31, 2007, the Company has opened twelve branch offices, nine in Ocean County and three in Monmouth County. The Company expects to open a new branch in Freehold in the first quarter of 2008 and new branches in Bayville and Waretown later in 2008. Additionally, new branches in Wall and Toms River are expected to open in 2009. The Company is continually evaluating additional office sites within its existing market area.

At December 31, 2007, the twelve most recently opened branches maintained an average core deposit ratio of 70.1%. Core account development has also benefited from the Company’s efforts to attract business deposits in conjunction with its commercial lending operations and from an expanded mix of retail core account products. Additionally, marketing and incentive plans have focused on core account growth. As a result of these efforts the Company’s core deposit ratio has grown to 64.6% at December 31, 2007 as compared to only 33.0% at December 31, 1997. Core deposits are generally considered a less expensive and more stable funding source than certificates of deposit.

Management continues to diversify the Company’s product line in order to enhance non-interest income. The Company offers alternative investment products (annuities, mutual funds and life insurance) for sale through its retail branch network. The products are non-proprietary, sold through a third party vendor, and provide the Company with fee income opportunities. In early 2005, the alternative investment program was expanded to add Licensed Bank Employees which allows the Company to capture more of the revenue associated with the sale of investment products. The Company introduced trust and asset management services in early 2000 and has also expanded the non-interest income received from small business relationships including merchant services. During 2002, the Company established a captive subsidiary to recognize fee income from private mortgage insurance. During 2003, the Company began offering reverse mortgage loans. The Company has been approved by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and another institutional investor as a seller/servicer of reverse mortgage loans. In early 2008, the Company terminated a joint venture agreement with a title insurance agency. As a result of these initiatives, income from fees and service charges has increased from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 23.8% average annual increase.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 7


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

With post conversion capital levels exceeding 20%, management recognized the need to address the Company’s overcapitalized position in order to improve return on equity. The capital management plan implemented over the past few years includes share repurchases and cash dividends. During 2007 the Company repurchased 49,701 common shares. The Company’s share repurchase plan was discontinued after the first quarter of 2007 due to the net losses incurred in the fourth quarter of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007. The Company expects to resume repurchase activity during 2008. Under the 5% repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in July 2006, 489,062 shares remain to be purchased as of December 31, 2007. From conversion date through December 31, 2007, the Company has repurchased a total of 17.0 million common shares, 62.4% of the shares originally issued in the conversion. The Company has historically targeted a cash dividend payout of 40% to 50% of net income. The dividend has increased by 200% since the initial dividend in 1997. The capital management plan has successfully reduced the Company’s capital ratio from 19.4% at December 31, 1996 to 6.4% at December 31, 2007.

Summary

In 2000, the Bank acquired Columbia Home Loans, LLC (“Columbia”) a mortgage banking company based in Westchester County, New York. Columbia originated a full product line of residential mortgage loans including the origination of subprime and ALT-A mortgage loans. A subprime or ALT-A loan is a mortgage loan made to individuals whose borrowing needs are generally not fulfilled by traditional loan products because they do not satisfy the credit documentation or other underwriting standards prescribed by conventional mortgage lenders and loan buyers. These loans were ordinarily sold to investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally required Columbia to repurchase certain loans previously sold in the event of an early payment default, generally defined as the failure by the borrower to make a payment within a designated period early in the loan term. Columbia may also be required to repurchase a loan in the event of a breach to a representation or warranty. Columbia experienced early payment defaults primarily related to subprime mortgage loans with 100% financing relative to the value of the underlying property. During the first quarter of 2007, Columbia originated $38.2 million in subprime loans of which $8.7 million were loans with 100% financing. In March 2007, Columbia discontinued the origination of all subprime loans. A reserve was established to account for Columbia’s potential obligation to repurchase loans. In establishing the reserve for repurchased loans, the Company considered all types of sold loans, however, the actual types of loans which resulted in loss estimates included subprime loans with 100% financing, all other subprime loans and a small amount of ALT-A loans. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the provision for repurchased loans was $3.5 million which is included as part of the gain (loss) on sale of loans. Columbia also maintained an inventory of loans held for sale. These loans were originated for sale to investors, however, a large amount of subprime loans remained unsold at March 31, 2007 due to a significant decline in liquidity in the subprime loan market during the first quarter of 2007, primarily related to changes in investor product specifications. The loans were initially underwritten to the specifications of particular investors and were generally intended to be sold in bulk. When the investors’ product specifications changed, there was an absence of traditional buyers for these loans creating the significant decline in liquidity in the subprime loan market. During the second quarter of 2007, Columbia closed on a bulk sale of subprime loans with a stated principal balance of $42.6 million for which Columbia recognized a loss on sale, net after writedowns, of $1.3 million. Additionally, included in the loss on sale of loans caption for the year ended December 31, 2007, is a charge of $9.4 million incurred by Columbia to reduce loans held for sale to their current fair market value. At December 31, 2007, Columbia was holding subprime loans with a gross principal balance of $6.6 million and a carrying value, net of reserves and lower of cost or market adjustment, of $4.1 million and ALT-A loans with a gross principal balance of $7.7 million and a carrying value, net of reserves, and lower of cost or market adjustment, of $6.7 million. In September 2007, the Bank discontinued all of the loan origination activity of Columbia. The Bank retained Columbia’s loan servicing portfolio.

The interest rate yield curve began the year in an inverted position and generally remained flat to inverted through most of the second quarter when longer-term rates rose and the interest rate yield curve had a modest upward slope. During the second half of the year shorter-term rates began to decline resulting in a continued upward slope to the interest rate yield curve. The flat to inverted yield curve experienced throughout most of 2006 and through the beginning of 2007 has generally had a negative impact on the Bank’s results of operations and net interest margin as interest-earning assets, both loans and securities, are priced against longer-term indices, while interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowings, are priced against shorter-term indices. The Bank has generally not repriced all core deposits (defined as all deposits other than time deposits) at the same pace as market increases in short-term interest rates. Any upward repricing of core deposits would likely have a negative impact on the Bank’s results of operations and net interest margin. Conversely, a prolonged steepening to the yield curve may have a small positive impact on the Bank’s results of operations and net interest margin in 2008.

Critical Accounting Policies

Note 1 to the Company’s Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 contains a summary of significant accounting policies. Various elements of these accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain assets are carried in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Policies with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance for loan losses, the reserve for repurchased loans, the valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights and judgments regarding securities impairment are the most critical accounting policies because they are important to the presentation of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, involve a higher degree of complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in the results of operations or financial condition. These critical accounting policies and their application are reviewed periodically and, at least annually, with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

8 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where management determines that the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when payment is received. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers sufficient to provide for probable losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio resulting from management’s continuing analysis of the factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured, and the determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loan.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses consists of a specific allowance and a general allowance, each updated on a quarterly basis. A specific allowance is determined for all impaired assets classified as substandard, doubtful or loss where the value of the underlying collateral can reasonably be evaluated; generally those loans secured by real estate. The Bank obtains an updated appraisal whenever a loan secured by real estate becomes 90 days delinquent. The specific allowance represents the difference between the Bank’s recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. A general allowance is determined for all other classified and non-classified loans. In determining the level of the general allowance, the Bank segments the loan portfolio into various risk tranches based on type of loan (mortgage, consumer and commercial); and certain underwriting characteristics. An estimated loss factor is then applied to each risk tranche. The loss factors are determined based upon historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, underwriting standards, internal loan review results and other factors.

An overwhelming percentage of the Company’s loan portfolio, whether one-to-four family, consumer or commercial, is secured by real estate. Additionally, most of the Company’s borrowers are located in Ocean County, New Jersey and the surrounding area. These concentrations may adversely affect the Company’s loan loss experience should real estate values decline or should the Ocean County area experience an adverse economic shock.

Management believes the primary risks inherent in the portfolio are possible increases in interest rates, a decline in the economy, generally, and a decline in real estate market values. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Company has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in the loan portfolio.

Although management believes that the Company has established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses the best information available, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Company’s control.

Reserve for Repurchased Loans

The reserve for repurchased loans relates to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to an Early Payment Default. Additionally, loans may be repurchased based on violation of representations and warranties. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve, which is part of other liabilities while actual losses are charged to the reserve. In order to estimate an appropriate reserve for repurchased loans, the Company considers recent and historical experience, product type and volume of recent whole loan sales and the general economic environment. Management believes that the Company has established and maintained the reserve for repurchased loans at adequate levels, however, future adjustments to the reserve may be necessary due to economic, operating or other conditions beyond the Company’s control.

Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSR”)

The estimated origination and servicing costs of mortgage loans sold in which servicing rights are retained is allocated between the loans and the servicing rights based on their estimated fair values at the time of the loan sale. Servicing assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income. The estimated fair value of MSR is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions including servicing income, servicing costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates. Impairment of the MSR is assessed on the fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized as a component of loan servicing fee income.

The fair value of MSR is sensitive to changes in assumptions. Fluctuations in prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the fair value of MSR. In the event that loan prepayment activities increase due to increased loan refinancing, the fair value of MSR would likely decline. In the event that loan prepayment activities decrease due to a decline in loan refinancing, the fair value of MSR would likely increase. Any measurement of MSR is limited by the existing conditions and assumptions utilized at a particular point in time, and would not necessarily be appropriate if applied at a different point in time.

Impairment of Securities

On a quarterly basis the Company evaluates whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. In making this determination, the Company considers the extent and duration of the impairment, the nature and financial health of the issuer, the ability and intent to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value and other factors relevant to specific securities, such as the credit risk of the issuer and whether a guarantee or insurance applies to the security. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, an impairment loss is charged to income during the period the impairment loss is found to exist, resulting in a reduction to earnings for that period.

As of December 31, 2007, the Company concluded that any unrealized losses in the securities available for sale portfolios were temporary in nature because they were primarily related to market interest rates and not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuers of the securities. Additionally, the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments for the time necessary to recover the amortized cost. Future events that would materially change this conclusion and require an impairment loss to be charged to operations include a change in the credit quality of the issuers.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 9


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income also depends upon the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005. The yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown except where noted otherwise. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields and costs include fees which are considered adjustments to yields.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
(dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest   Average
Yield/
Cost
 

Assets:

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments

  $ 10,572     $ 526   4.98 %   $ 8,885     $ 437   4.92 %   $ 10,796     $ 344   3.19 %

Investment securities (1)

    68,118       4,561   6.70       83,999       5,122   6.10       85,942       3,871   4.50  

FHLB stock

    24,110       1,858   7.71       24,575       1,315   5.35       20,105       907   4.51  

Mortgage-backed
securities
(1)

    62,110       2,775   4.47       77,416       3,304   4.27       106,148       3,813   3.59  

Loans receivable, net (2)

    1,729,064       105,244   6.09       1,758,230       106,384   6.05       1,624,761       93,864   5.78  
                                                           

Total interest-earning assets

    1,893,974       114,964   6.07       1,953,105       116,562   5.97       1,847,752       102,799   5.56  

Non-interest-earning assets

    100,398           96,752           101,357      
                                   

Total assets

  $ 1,994,372         $ 2,049,857         $ 1,949,109      
                                   

Liabilities and Equity:

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Money market deposit accounts

  $ 94,374     $ 1,577   1.67 %   $ 117,935     $ 1,994   1.69 %   $ 135,907     $ 1,604   1.18 %

Savings accounts

    195,948       1,941   .99       219,879       1,730   .79       260,655       1,858   .71  

Interest-bearing checking accounts

    435,433       11,343   2.60       379,997       8,216   2.16       350,839       4,674   1.33  

Time deposits

    491,465       21,725   4.42       534,056       21,461   4.02       481,585       14,671   3.05  
                                                           

Total

    1,217,220       36,586   3.01       1,251,867       33,401   2.67       1,228,986       22,807   1.86  

FHLB advances

    413,352       20,435   4.94       426,792       20,184   4.73       320,231       13,698   4.28  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    84,303       3,393   4.02       92,930       4,068   4.38       132,520       5,237   3.95  

Other borrowings

    23,368       1,626   6.96       11,543       790   6.84       2,055       131   6.37  
                                                           

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    1,738,243       62,040   3.57       1,783,132       58,443   3.28       1,683,792       41,873   2.49  

Non-interest-bearing deposits

    112,649           120,482           115,681      

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

    18,625           11,875           14,499      
                                   

Total liabilities

    1,869,517           1,915,489           1,813,972      

Stockholders’ equity

    124,855           134,368           135,137      
                                   

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,994,372         $ 2,049,857         $ 1,949,109      
                                   

Net interest income

    $ 52,924       $ 58,119       $ 60,926  
                             

Net interest rate spread (3)

      2.50 %       2.69 %       3.07 %
                             

Net interest margin (4)

      2.79 %       2.98 %       3.30 %
                             

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing
liabilities

    108.96 %         109.53 %         109.74 %    
                                   

 

(1) Amounts are recorded at average amortized cost.
(2) Amount is net of deferred loan fees, undisbursed loan funds, discounts and premiums and estimated loan loss allowances and includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans.
(3) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

10 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Rate Volume Analysis. The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2007
Compared to

Year Ended December 31, 2006
    Year Ended December 31, 2006
Compared to

Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
     Increase (Decrease) Due to     Increase (Decrease) Due to  

(in thousands)

   Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  

Interest-earning assets:

            

Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments

   $ 84     $ 5     $ 89     $ (69 )   $ 162     $ 93  

Investment securities

     (1,032 )     471       (561 )     (90 )     1,341       1,251  

FHLB stock

     (25 )     568       543       222       186       408  

Mortgage-backed securities

     (678 )     149       (529 )     (1,149 )     640       (509 )

Loans receivable, net

     (1,821 )     681       (1,140 )     7,981       4,539       12,520  
                                                

Total interest-earning assets

     (3,472 )     1,874       (1,598 )     6,895       6,868       13,763  
                                                

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Money market deposit accounts

     (394 )     (23 )     (417 )     (233 )     623       390  

Savings accounts

     (201 )     413       212       (317 )     189       (128 )

Interest-bearing checking accounts

     1,305       1,822       3,127       416       3,126       3,542  

Time deposits

     (1,784 )     2,047       263       1,733       5,057       6,790  
                                                

Total

     (1,074 )     4,259       3,185       1,599       8,995       10,594  

FHLB advances

     (640 )     891       251       4,929       1,557       6,486  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (358 )     (317 )     (675 )     (1,692 )     523       (1,169 )

Other borrowings

     822       14       836       649       10       659  
                                                

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (1,250 )     4,847       3,597       5,485       11,085       16,570  
                                                

Net change in net interest income

   $ (2,222 )   $ (2,973 )   $ (5,195 )   $ 1,410     $ (4,217 )   $ (2,807 )
                                                

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Total assets at December 31, 2007 were $1.927 billion, a decrease of $149.5 million, compared to $2.077 billion at December 31, 2006.

Investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale decreased $39.0 million to $111.8 million at December 31, 2007 as compared to $150.8 million at December 31, 2006 due to calls of investment securities and repayment of mortgage-backed securities. Loans receivable, net decreased by $25.5 million to a balance of $1.676 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to a balance of $1.701 billion at December 31, 2006. Increases of $25.0 million in commercial and commercial real estate loans and $23.3 million in consumer loans were more than offset by a decline in one-to-four family mortgage loans. Mortgage loans held-for-sale decreased $76.9 million to a balance of $6.1 million at December 31, 2007 compared to a balance of $82.9 million at December 31, 2006. The decrease was reflective of the discontinuance of Columbia’s mortgage banking operations.

Deposit balances decreased $88.5 million to $1.284 billion at December 31, 2007 from $1.372 billion at December 31, 2006 as the Bank maintained its disciplined pricing relating to certificates of deposit. Total Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings decreased by $59.5 million to $405.0 million at December 31, 2007 as compared to $464.5 million at December 31, 2006 due to lower asset balances. During the year, the Company issued $10.0 million of debt in the form of Trust Preferred Securities which is included in other borrowings.

Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2007 decreased to $124.3 million, compared to $132.3 million at December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company repurchased 49,701 shares of common stock at a total cost of $1.1 million. Stockholders’ equity was further reduced by the cash dividend and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 11


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006

General

Net income decreased to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to net income of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Diluted earnings per share decreased to $.09 for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $1.07 for the same prior year period.

Interest Income

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $115.0 million, as compared to $116.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The yield on interest-earning assets increased to 6.07% for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 5.97% for the same prior year period. Average interest-earning assets decreased $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the same prior year period reflective of the discontinuance of Columbia’s mortgage banking operations and the decrease in investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $62.0 million, as compared to $58.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 3.28%, in the same prior year period. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the same prior year period. The decrease was concentrated in time deposits which declined $42.6 million, or 8.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the same prior year period.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased to $52.9 million, as compared to $58.1 million in the same prior year period. The net interest margin decreased to 2.79% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 2.98% in the same prior year period. The slope of the interest rate yield curve caused the increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to outpace the increase in the yield on interest-earning assets.

Provision for Loan Losses

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company’s provision for loan losses was $700,000, as compared to $150,000 for the the same prior year period. Net charge-offs increased to $470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $372,000 for the same prior year period. Loans receivable, net decreased $25.5 million at December 31, 2007, as compared to December 31, 2006. Non-performing loans increased to $8.7 million at December 31, 2007 from $4.5 million at December 31, 2006. The non-performing loan total includes $1.2 million of repurchased one-to-four family and consumer loans and $2.8 million of one-to-four family and consumer loans previously held for sale, which were written down to their fair market value. The writedown to fair market value included an assessment of each loan’s potential credit impairment. As a result, these loans do not currently require an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to the increase in net charge-offs and the increase in non-performing loans.

Other Income

Other income was $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $13.6 million for the same prior year period. The net loss on the sale of loans was $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to a net gain of $1.4 million in the same prior year period. The change from the prior year was due to reduced loan sale activity and lower of cost or market charges on loans held for sale partly offset by a reduction to the provision for repurchased loans. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 is partly due to the decision to discontinue the operations of Columbia resulting in a decrease in loan sale activity for the year. Also, included in the loss on sale of loans for the year ended December 31, 2007 are lower of cost or market charges of $9.4 million incurred by Columbia to reduce loans held for sale to their current fair market value. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2007, the net provision for repurchased loans was $3.5 million which is included as part of the loss on sale of loans, as compared to a provision for repurchased loans of $9.6 million in the same prior year period.

Fees and service charges increased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the same prior year period primarily related to increases in fees from trust services and deposit accounts.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses were $53.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $52.4 million in the same prior year period. The increase was partly due to the cost of new branches and higher professional fees. Additionally, occupancy expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 included a charge of $760,000 for lease termination costs at Columbia. For the year ended December 31, 2007 operating expenses include $1.0 million relating to the write-off of the previously established goodwill on the August 2000 acquisition of Columbia. These increases were partly offset by decreased operating expenses due to the discontinuation of operations at Columbia and lower ESOP expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax benefit was $140,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to an expense of $6.6 million for the same prior year period. The benefit for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily related to the non-taxable income from Bank Owned Life Insurance and the allowable tax deduction for dividends paid by the ESOP.

 

12 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005

General

Net income decreased to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to net income of $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Diluted earnings per share decreased to $1.07 for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $1.60 for the same prior year period. Earnings per share was favorably affected by the Company’s repurchase program, which reduced the average diluted shares outstanding.

Interest Income

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $116.6 million, compared to $102.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The yield on interest-earning assets increased to 5.97% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 5.56% for the same prior year period. Average interest-earning assets increased by $105.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the same prior year period. The growth was concentrated in average loans receivable which grew $133.5 million, or 8.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the same prior year period.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $58.4 million, compared to $41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased to 3.28% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2.49%, in the same prior year period. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $99.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same prior year period. The growth was concentrated in borrowed funds which grew $76.5 million, or 16.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same prior year period.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 decreased to $58.1 million, as compared to $60.9 million in the same prior year period. The net interest margin decreased to 2.98% for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 3.30% in the same prior year period. Net interest income did benefit from the increase in average interest-earning assets as noted above, but not enough to offset the decline in the net interest margin.

Provision for Loan Losses

For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s provision for loan losses was $150,000, as compared to $350,000 for the the same prior year period. Net charge-offs decreased to $372,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $578,000 for the same prior year period. Total loans receivable increased $91.1 million, or 5.4%, at December 31, 2006, as compared to December 31, 2005, although almost all of this growth was in one-to-four family and consumer loans which generally carry a lower risk as compared to other types of loans. Non-performing loans increased by $2.9 million, however, most of the increase also related to lower risk one-to-four family mortgage loans. Additionally, all non-performing loans were well secured.

Other Income

Other income was $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $24.1 million for the same prior year period. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Bank recorded gains of $1.4 million on the sale of loans and securities available for sale, as compared to gains of $13.2 million in the same prior year period. Loans sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 decreased to $689.6 million from $712.0 million in the same prior year period. Most of the decline in sales volume for year ended December 31, 2006 occurred at Columbia Home Loans during the first quarter of 2006. The decline experienced at Columbia was partly reflective of declines experienced industry-wide. In light of continuing pressure on volume and margins, Columbia implemented plans to consolidate lending channels to a more centralized platform designed to improve efficiency and reduce operating costs. As expected, the consolidation temporarily reduced lending capacity and adversely impacted the volume of loan sales. Additionally, staff turnover in the wholesale alternative credit channel adversely affected sales volume. During the second quarter of 2006 Columbia re-established the wholesale alternative credit channel and sales volume was restored. The gain on sale margin from sold loans, however, decreased for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same prior year period due to competitive pressures and a change in the mix to a greater proportion of wholesale loans. The wholesale loan production was generally subprime in nature and included a mortgage loan product which provided the borrower with 100% financing relative to the value of the underlying property. These mortgage loans were sold to investors, however, the loan sale agreements may have required Columbia to repurchase the loan in the event of an Early Payment Default or a breach to a representation or warranty. For the year ended December 31, 2006 the Company established a reserve for repurchased loans of $9.6 million with a corresponding provision which reduced the net gain on sale of loans.

Fees and service charges increased $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to the same prior year period primarily related to increases in fees generated from reverse mortgage loans, a new emphasis for the Bank, as well as fees from title insurance and trust services.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses were $52.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $54.8 million in the same prior year period. The decrease was primarily due to reduced incentive plan accruals and planned reductions to loan related marketing expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to $10.3 million for the same prior year period. The effective tax rate decreased slightly to 34.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to 34.6% for the same prior year period.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 13


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sales of loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings and, to a lesser extent, investment maturities. While scheduled amortization of loans is a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Company has other sources of liquidity if a need for additional funds arises, including an overnight line of credit and advances from the FHLB.

At December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding overnight borrowings from the FHLB of $58.0 million, an increase from $42.5 million in overnight borrowings at December 31, 2006. The Company utilizes the overnight line from time-to-time to fund short-term liquidity needs. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with retail customers increased to $69.8 million at December 31, 2007 from $51.0 million at December 31, 2006. Like deposit flows, this funding source is dependent upon demand from the Bank’s customer base. The Company also had other borrowings with the FHLB of $347.0 million at December 31, 2007, a decrease from $422.0 million at December 31, 2006.

The Company’s cash needs for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily satisfied by principal payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities or calls of investment securities, proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale and the issuance of debt in the form of trust preferred securities. The cash was principally utilized for loan originations and repurchases, to fund deposit outflows and reduce Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the cash needs of the Company were primarily satisfied by principal payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, increased deposits and borrowings, and proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale. The cash provided was principally used for the origination of loans and the repurchase of common stock.

In the normal course of business, the Company routinely enters into various commitments, primarily relating to the origination and sale of loans. At December 31, 2007, outstanding commitments to originate loans totaled $56.6 million; outstanding unused lines of credit totaled $168.1 million; and outstanding commitments to sell loans totaled $12.2 million. The Company expects to have sufficient funds available to meet current commitments in the normal course of business.

Time deposits scheduled to mature in one year or less totaled $411.0 million at December 31, 2007. Based upon historical experience, management estimates that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Company.

Under the Company’s stock repurchase programs, shares of OceanFirst Financial Corp. common stock may be purchased in the open market and through other privately negotiated transactions, from time-to-time, depending on market conditions. The repurchased shares are held as treasury stock for general corporate use. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company purchased 49,701 shares of common stock at a total cost of $1.1 million compared with purchases of 772,804 shares for the year ended December 31, 2006 at an aggregate cost of $17.6 million. At December 31, 2007, there were 489,062 shares remaining to be repurchased under the existing stock repurchase program. Cash dividends declared and paid during the year ended December 31, 2007 were $9.3 million, unchanged from the prior year period. On January 23, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of twenty cents ($0.20) per common share. The dividend was payable on February 15, 2008 to stockholders of record at the close of business on February 1, 2008.

The primary source of liquidity for OceanFirst Financial Corp., the holding company of OceanFirst Bank, is capital distributions from the banking subsidiary and the issuance of debt instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2007, OceanFirst Financial Corp. received no capital distributions from OceanFirst Bank. The Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) has previously notified the Bank that it does not object to the payment of capital dividends, so long as the Bank remains well capitalized after each capital distribution, and also maintains a tier one core leverage ratio above 6.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio above 10.5% after each capital distribution. The Bank’s tier one core leverage ratio and total risk-based capital ratio at December 31, 2007 were 7.2% and 11.2%, respectively. Applicable Federal law or the OTS, may further limit the amount of capital distributions OceanFirst Bank may make. OceanFirst Financial Corp.’s ability to continue to pay dividends and repurchase stock is partly dependent upon capital distributions from OceanFirst Bank and may be adversely affected by the Bank’s current capital constraints. The Company raised $10.0 million during 2007 from the issuance of trust preferred securities. At December 31, 2007, OceanFirst Financial Corp. held $5.7 million in cash equivalents and $5.9 million in investment securities available for sale. Additionally, OceanFirst Financial Corp. has an available line of credit for up to $4.0 million. The primary use of these funding sources is for the payment of dividends to shareholders and the repurchase of common stock.

At December 31, 2007, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements with tangible capital of $138.3 million, or 7.2%, of the Bank’s total adjusted assets, which is above the required level of $28.9 million or 1.5%; core capital of $138.3 million or 7.2% of the Bank’s total adjusted assets, which is above the required level of $57.9 million, or 3.0%; and risk-based capital of $148.4 million, or 11.2% of the Bank’s risk-weighted assets, which is above the required level of $105.9 million or 8.0%. The Bank is considered a “well-capitalized” institution under the Office of Thrift Supervision’s prompt corrective action regulations.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of operations, the Company engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in the financial statements, or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used for general corporate purposes or for customer needs. Corporate purpose transactions are used to help manage credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk or to optimize capital. Customer transactions are used to manage customers’ requests for funding. These financial instruments and commitments include unused consumer lines of credit and commitments to extend credit and are discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company also has outstanding commitments to sell loans amounting to $12.2 million.

 

14 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


The Company has entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally require the Company to repurchase loans previously sold in the event of an Early Payment Default or a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. In the opinion of management, the potential exposure related to the Company’s loan sale agreements is adequately provided for in the reserve for repurchased loans included in other liabilities. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 the reserve for repurchased loans amounted to $2.4 million and $9.6 million, respectively.

The following table shows the contractual obligations of the Company by expected payment period as of December 31, 2007 (in thousands). Further discussion of these commitments is included in Notes 9 and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Contractual Obligation

   Total    Less than
one year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More
than 5
years

Long-Term Debt Obligations

   $ 374,500    $ 116,000    $ 193,000    $ 38,000    $ 27,500

Operating Lease Obligations

     25,964      2,169      3,524      2,967      17,304

Purchase Obligations

     6,636      3,318      3,318      —        —  
                                  
   $ 407,100    $ 121,487    $ 199,842    $ 40,967    $ 44,804
                                  

Long-term debt obligations includes borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings. The borrowings have defined terms and under certain circumstances are callable at the option of the lender.

Operating leases represent obligations entered into by the Company for the use of land and premises. The leases generally have escalation terms based upon certain defined indexes.

Purchase obligations represent legally binding and enforceable agreements to purchase goods and services from third parties and consist primarily of contractual obligations under data processing servicing agreements. Actual amounts expended vary based on transaction volumes, number of users and other factors.

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect the adoption of Statement No. 159 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. The Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of Statement No. 157 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” The interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 - “Accounting for Income Taxes.” This Interpretation presents a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company adopted the Interpretation effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of Interpretation No. 48 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets.” SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” establishes, among other things, the accounting for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS No. 156 amends Statement 140 to require that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. This Statement permits, but does not require, the subsequent measurement of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value. An entity that uses derivative instruments to mitigate the risks inherent in servicing assets and servicing liabilities is required to account for those derivative instruments at fair value. Under this Statement, an entity can elect subsequent fair value measurement to account for its separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. By electing that option, an entity may simplify its accounting because this Statement permits income statement recognition of the potential offsetting changes in fair value of those servicing assets and servicing liabilities and derivative instruments in the same accounting period. The Company adopted the Statement effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 156 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 15


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets consisting of non-accrual loans and Real Estate Owned (“REO”) and activity in the allowance for loan losses. The Bank had no troubled-debt restructured loans and three REO properties at December 31, 2007. It is the policy of the Bank to cease accruing interest on loans 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, the amount of interest income that would have been recognized on non-accrual loans if such loans had continued to perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $210,000, $189,000, $115,000, $128,000 and $96,000.

 

At or For The Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
(dollars in thousands)                               

Non-accrual loans:

          

Real estate:

          

One- to-four family

   $ 6,620     $ 2,703     $ 1,084     $ 1,337     $ 1,712  

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     1,040       286       —         744       242  

Consumer

     586       281       299       784       90  

Commercial

     495       1,255       212       623       118  
                                        

Total

     8,741       4,525       1,595       3,488       2,162  

REO, net

     438       288       278       288       252  
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 9,179     $ 4,813     $ 1,873     $ 3,776     $ 2,414  
                                        

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 10,238     $ 10,460     $ 10,688     $ 10,802     $ 10,074  

Less: Net charge-offs (recoveries)

     470       372       578       414       (40 )

Add: Provision for loan losses

     700       150       350       300       688  
                                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 10,468     $ 10,238     $ 10,460     $ 10,688     $ 10,802  
                                        

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) during the year to average net loans outstanding during the year

     .03 %     .02 %     .04 %     .03 %     .00 %

Allowance for loan losses as percent of total loans receivable (1)

     .62       .57       .62       .69       .75  

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans (2)

     119.76       226.25       655.80       306.42       499.63  

Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable (1)(2)

     .52       .25       .09       .23       .15  

Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (2)

     .48       .23       .09       .20       .14  

 

(1) Total loans receivable includes loans receivable and loans held for sale.
(2) Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and real estate acquired through foreclosure. Non-performing loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other loans in the process of foreclosure. It is the Company’s policy to cease accruing interest on all such loans.

The non-performing loan total includes $1.2 million of repurchased one-to-four family and consumer loans and $2.8 million of one-to-four family and consumer loans previously held-for-sale, which were written down to their fair market value.

The Company has developed an internal asset classification system which classifies assets depending on risk of loss characteristics. The asset classifications comply with certain regulatory guidelines. At December 31, 2007, the Bank had $12.4 million of assets, including all REO, classified as “Substandard,” $15,000 of assets classified as “Doubtful” and no assets classified as “Loss.” Additionally, “Special Mention” assets totaled $8.2 million at December 31, 2007. These loans are classified as Special Mention due to past delinquencies or other identifiable weaknesses.

The largest Substandard relationship is comprised of two loans totaling $2.2 million for a start-up business for which operating revenue is not currently supporting the debt obligation. The loans are current as to payments. The largest Special Mention relationship comprised several credit facilities to a large, real estate agency with an aggregate balance of $4.4 million which was current as to payments, but criticized due to declining revenue and net income of the borrower. The loans are secured by commercial real estate and corporate assets and the personal guarantee of the principals. All of the non-performing loans noted above are included in the Substandard category.

The provision for loan losses increased by $550,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to the prior year. Net charge-offs increased to $470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to $372,000 for the same prior year period. Loans receivable, net decreased $25.5 million at December 31, 2007, as compared to December 31, 2006. Non-performing loans increased by $4.2 million. As noted above, the increase includes $1.2 million of repurchased loans and $2.8 million of loans previously held-for-sale, both of which were written down to their fair market value, which included an assessment of each loan’s potential credit impairment.

 

16 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Management of Interest Rate Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investment and deposit-taking activities. The Company’s profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial change in interest rates may adversely impact the Company’s earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. To that end, management actively monitors and manages interest rate risk exposure.

The principal objectives of the Company’s interest rate risk management function are to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; determine the level of risk appropriate given the Company’s business focus, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements and performance objectives; and manage the risk consistent with Board approved guidelines. Through such management, the Company seeks to reduce the exposure of its operations to changes in interest rates. The Company monitors its interest rate risk as such risk relates to its operating strategies. The Company’s Board of Directors has established an Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) consisting of members of the Company’s management, responsible for reviewing the Company’s asset liability policies and interest rate risk position. ALCO meets monthly and reports trends and the Company’s interest rate risk position to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis. The extent of the movement of interest rates, higher or lower, is an uncertainty that could have an impact on the earnings of the Company.

The Company utilizes the following strategies to manage interest rate risk: (1) emphasizing the origination for portfolio of fixed-rate mortgage loans generally having terms to maturity of not more than fifteen years, adjustable-rate loans, floating-rate and balloon maturity commercial loans, and consumer loans consisting primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit; (2) holding primarily short-term and/or adjustable- or floating-rate mortgage-backed and investment securities; (3) attempting to reduce the overall interest rate sensitivity of liabilities by emphasizing core and longer-term deposits; and (4) managing the maturities of wholesale borrowings. The Company may also sell fixed-rate mortgage loans into the secondary market. In determining whether to retain fixed-rate mortgages, management considers the Company’s overall interest rate risk position, the volume of such loans, the loan yield and the types and amount of funding sources. The Company periodically retains fixed-rate mortgage loan production in order to improve yields and increase balance sheet leverage. During periods when fixed-rate mortgage loan production is retained, the Company generally attempts to extend the maturity on part of its wholesale borrowings. For the past few years, the Company has sold most 30-year fixed-rate mortgage loan originations in the secondary market. The Company currently does not participate in financial futures contracts, interest rate swaps or other activities involving the use of off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, but may do so in the future to manage interest rate risk.

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. Accordingly, during a period of rising interest rates, an institution with a negative gap position theoretically would not be in as favorable a position, compared to an institution with a positive gap, to invest in higher-yielding assets. This may result in the yield on the institution’s assets increasing at a slower rate than the increase in its cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, an institution with a negative gap might experience a repricing of its assets at a slower rate than its interest-bearing liabilities, which, consequently, may result in its net interest income growing at a faster rate than an institution with a positive gap position.

The Company’s interest rate sensitivity is monitored through the use of an interest rate risk (“IRR”) model. The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2007, which were anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. At December 31, 2007 the Company’s one-year gap was negative 9.57% as compared to negative 0.80% at December 31, 2006. Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table is intended to provide an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2007, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three month period and subsequent selected time intervals. Loans receivable reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and anticipated prepayments of adjustable-rate loans and fixed-rate loans, and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans. Loans were projected to prepay at rates between 3.0% and 41.0% annually. Mortgage-backed securities were projected to prepay at rates between 12.0% and 18.0% annually. Savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts and money market deposit accounts were assumed to decay, or run-off, at 1.50% per month. Prepayment and decay rates can have a significant impact on the Company’s estimated gap.

There can be no assurance that projected prepayment rates for loans and mortgage-backed securities will be achieved or that projected decay rates for deposits will be realized.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 17


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

At December 31, 2007

   3 Months
or Less
    More than
3 Months to
1 Year
    More than
1 Year to
3 Years
    More than
3 Years to
5 Years
    More than
5 Years
    Total  
(dollars in thousands)                                     

Interest-earning assets (1) :

            

Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments

   $ 5,227     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 5,227  

Investment securities

     54,973       297       —         —         7,333       62,603  

FHLB stock

     —         —         —         —         22,941       22,941  

Mortgage-backed securities

     3,453       22,351       20,841       6,619       836       54,100  

Loans receivable (2)

     278,542       399,867       546,450       224,846       237,614       1,687,319  
                                                

Total interest-earning assets

     342,195       422,515       567,291       231,465       268,724       1,832,190  
                                                

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Money market deposit accounts

     3,831       11,494       30,650       38,312       —         84,287  

Savings accounts

     8,478       25,936       67,827       84,854       —         187,095  

Interest-bearing checking accounts

     172,741       40,267       107,380       134,278       —         454,666  

Time deposits

     174,701       236,273       33,854       8,676       582       454,086  

FHLB advances

     81,000       83,000       191,000       38,000       —         393,000  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings

     92,307       10,000       2,000       —         5,000       109,307  
                                                

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     533,058       406,970       432,711       304,120       5,582       1,682,441  
                                                

Interest sensitivity gap (3)

   $ (190,863 )   $ 15,545     $ 134,580     $ (72,655 )   $ 263,142     $ 149,749  
                                                

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

   $ (190,863 )   $ (175,318 )   $ (40,738 )   $ (113,393 )   $ 149,749     $ 149,749  
                                                

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap as a percent of total interest-earning assets

     (10.42 )%     (9.57 )%     (2.22 )%     (6.19 )%     8.17 %     8.17 %
                                                

 

(1) Interest-earning assets are included in the period in which the balances are expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of anticipated prepayments, scheduled rate adjustments and contractual maturities.
(2) For purposes of the gap analysis, loans receivable includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans gross of the allowance for loan losses, unamortized discounts and deferred loan fees.
(3) Interest sensitivity gap represents the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in gap analysis. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and decay rates would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in the calculation. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate loans may be impaired in the event of an interest rate increase.

Another method of analyzing an institution’s exposure to interest rate risk is by measuring the change in the institution’s net portfolio value (“NPV”) and net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. NPV is the difference between the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio, in any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The Company’s interest rate sensitivity is monitored by management through the use of an interest rate risk model which measures IRR by modeling the change in NPV and net interest income over a range of interest rate scenarios. The Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) also produces an NPV only analysis using its own model, based upon data submitted on the Bank’s quarterly Thrift Financial Reports. The results produced by the OTS may vary from the results produced by the Company’s model, primarily due to differences in the assumptions utilized including estimated loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates. The following table sets forth the Company’s NPV and net interest income projections as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, as calculated by the Company (in thousands). For purposes of this table, the Company used prepayment speeds and deposit decay rates similar to those used in calculating the Company’s gap.

 

18 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


At December 31, 2007, the Company’s NPV in a static rate environment is less than the NPV at December 31, 2006 primarily reflecting a decline in the value of core deposits and fixed-rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The changes in net portfolio value and net interest income are within the limitations established by management and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Change in Interest Rates in Basis Points

(Rate Shock)

   December 31, 2007  
   Net Portfolio Value     Net Interest Income  
   Amount    %
Change
    NPV
Ratio
    Amount    %
Change
 

200

   $ 125,181    (25.3 )%   6.8 %   $ 51,081    (10.2 )%

100

     149,672    (10.7 )   8.0       54,350    (4.4 )

Static

     167,675    —       8.7       56,872    —    

(100)

     171,050    2.0     8.8       57,770    1.6  

(200)

     163,057    (2.8 )   8.4       56,245    (1.1 )

 

Change in

Interest Rates in Basis Points (Rate Shock)

   December 31, 2006  
   Net Portfolio Value     Net Interest Income  
   Amount    %
Change
    NPV
Ratio
    Amount    %
Change
 
200    $ 172,422    (16.0 )%   8.7 %   $ 53,028    (4.9 )%
100      192,040    (6.5 )   9.5       54,748    (1.9 )
Static      205,312    —       9.9       55,788    —    
(100)      206,157    0.4     9.8       55,431    (0.6 )
(200)      191,711    (6.6 )   9.1       52,490    (5.9 )

As is the case with the gap calculation, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the NPV and net interest income IRR measurements. The model requires the making of certain assumptions which may tend to oversimplify the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. First, the model assumes that the composition of the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured. Second, the model assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Third, the model does not take into account the Company’s business or strategic plans. Accordingly, although the above measurements do provide an indication of the Company’s IRR exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the Company’s NPV and net interest income and can be expected to differ from actual results.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollar amounts without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Company’s operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act Safe Harbor Statement

In addition to historical information, this annual report contains certain forward-looking statements which are based on certain assumptions and describes future plans, strategies and expectations of the Company. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and the subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve Board, the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in the Company’s market area and accounting principles and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake - and specifically disclaims any obligation—to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events. Further description of the risks and uncertainties to the business are included in Item 1. Business of the Company’s 2007 Form 10-K.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 19


Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)             

December 31, 2007 and 2006

   2007     2006  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 27,547     $ 32,204  

Investment securities available for sale (encumbered $51,728 in 2007 and $76,117 in 2006) (notes 3, 9 and 10)

     57,625       82,384  

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost (note 9)

     22,941       25,346  

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale (encumbered $53,884 in 2007 and $67,857 in 2006) (notes 4, 9 and 10)

     54,137       68,369  

Loans receivable, net (notes 5 and 9)

     1,675,919       1,701,425  

Mortgage loans held for sale

     6,072       82,943  

Interest and dividends receivable (note 6)

     6,915       8,083  

Real estate owned, net

     438       288  

Premises and equipment, net (note 7)

     17,882       18,196  

Servicing asset (note 5)

     8,940       9,787  

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

     38,430       37,145  

Intangible assets

     —         1,114  

Other assets (note 10)

     10,653       9,718  
                

Total assets

   $ 1,927,499     $ 2,077,002  
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Deposits (note 8)

   $ 1,283,790     $ 1,372,328  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with retail customers (note 9)

     69,807       50,982  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with the Federal Home Loan Bank (note 9)

     12,000       34,000  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances (note 9)

     393,000       430,500  

Other borrowings (note 9)

     27,500       17,500  

Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     7,588       7,743  

Other liabilities (notes 10 and 13)

     9,508       31,629  
                

Total liabilities

     1,803,193       1,944,682  
                

Commitments and contingencies (note 13)

    

Stockholders’ equity (notes 2, 10, 11 and 12):

    

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

     —         —    

Common stock, $ .01 par value, 55,000,000 shares authorized, 27,177,372 shares issued and

    

12,346,465 and 12,262,307 shares outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

     272       272  

Additional paid-in capital

     203,532       201,936  

Retained earnings

     154,929       164,121  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,211 )     (470 )

Less: Unallocated common stock held by Employee Stock Ownership Plan

     (5,360 )     (6,369 )

Treasury stock, 14,830,907 and 14,915,065 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

     (225,856 )     (227,170 )

Common stock acquired by Deferred Compensation Plan

     1,307       1,457  

Deferred Compensation Plan liability

     (1,307 )     (1,457 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     124,306       132,320  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,927,499     $ 2,077,002  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

20 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   2007     2006     2005  

Interest income:

      

Loans

   $ 105,244     $ 106,384     $ 93,864  

Mortgage-backed securities

     2,775       3,304       3,813  

Investment securities and other

     6,945       6,874       5,122  
                        

Total interest income

     114,964       116,562       102,799  
                        

Interest expense:

      

Deposits (note 8)

     36,586       33,401       22,807  

Borrowed funds (note 9)

     25,454       25,042       19,066  
                        

Total interest expense

     62,040       58,443       41,873  
                        

Net interest income

     52,924       58,119       60,926  

Provision for loan losses (note 5)

     700       150       350  
                        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     52,224       57,969       60,576  
                        

Other income:

      

Loan servicing income (note 5)

     468       515       280  

Fees and service charges

     11,674       10,488       9,434  

Net (loss) gain and lower of cost or market adjustment on sales of loans and securities available for sale (notes 3, 4 and 13)

     (11,048 )     1,358       13,183  

Income on Bank Owned Life Insurance

     1,285       1,143       1,122  

Net income (loss) from other real estate operations

     100       (61 )     (1 )

Other

     52       165       72  
                        

Total other income

     2,531       13,608       24,090  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Compensation and employee benefits (notes 11 and 12)

     28,469       29,317       31,184  

Occupancy (note 13)

     5,651       4,850       4,539  

Equipment

     2,202       2,533       2,531  

Marketing

     1,482       1,517       2,914  

Federal deposit insurance

     626       533       507  

Data processing

     3,454       3,416       3,243  

General and administrative

     10,922       10,215       9,916  

Goodwill impairment

     1,014       —         —    
                        

Total operating expenses

     53,820       52,381       54,834  
                        

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     935       19,196       29,832  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes (note 10)

     (140 )     6,563       10,335  
                        

Net Income

   $ 1,075     $ 12,633     $ 19,497  
                        

Basic earnings per share (note 1)

   $ .09     $ 1.09     $ 1.65  
                        

Diluted earnings per share (note 1)

   $ .09     $ 1.07     $ 1.60  
                        

Average basic shares outstanding (note 1)

     11,545       11,547       11,786  
                        

Average diluted shares outstanding (note 1)

     11,648       11,765       12,219  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 21


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31,

2007, 2006 and 2005

  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Employee
Stock
Ownership
Plan
    Treasury
Stock
    Common
Stock
Acquired by
Deferred
Compensation
Plan
    Deferred
Compensation
Plan Liability
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 272   $ 193,723     $ 157,575     $ (667 )   $ (8,652 )   $ (204,295 )   $ 986     $ (986 )   $ 137,956  
                                                                     

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

    —       —         19,497       —         —         —         —         —         19,497  

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Unrealized holding loss on securities (net of tax benefit $ 377)

    —       —         —         (544 )     —         —         —         —         (544 )

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax expense $ 7)

    —       —         —         (12 )     —         —         —         —         (12 )
                                                                     

Total comprehensive income

    —       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         18,941  
                                                                     

Stock awards

    —       130       —         —         —         —         —         —         130  

Tax benefit of stock plans

    —       1,704       —         —         —         —         —         —         1,704  

Purchase 690,407 shares of common stock

    —       —         —         —         —         (15,962 )     —         —         (15,962 )

Allocation of ESOP stock

    —       —         —         —         1,180       —         —         —         1,180  

ESOP adjustment

    —       2,064       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,064  

Cash dividend – $.80 per share

    —       —         (9,469 )     —         —         —         —         —         (9,469 )

Exercise of stock options

    —       —         (2,990 )     —         —         5,230       —         —         2,240  

Purchase of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net

    —       —         —         —         —         —         397       (397 )     —    
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2005

    272     197,621       164,613       (1,223 )     (7,472 )     (215,027 )     1,383       (1,383 )     138,784  
                                                                     

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

    —       —         12,633       —         —         —         —         —         12,633  

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Unrealized holding gain on securities (net of tax expense $ 523)

    —       —         —         757       —         —         —         —         757  

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax expense $ 3)

    —       —         —         (4 )     —         —         —         —         (4 )
                                                                     

Total comprehensive income

    —       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         13,386  
                                                                     

Stock awards

    —       337       —         —         —         —         —         —         337  

Tax benefit of stock plans

    —       2,129       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,129  

Purchase 772,804 shares of common stock

    —       —         —         —         —         (17,618 )     —         —         (17,618 )

Allocation of ESOP stock

    —       —         —         —         1,103       —         —         —         1,103  

ESOP adjustment

    —       1,849       —         —         —         —         —         —         1,849  

Cash dividend – $.80 per share

    —       —         (9,277 )     —         —         —         —         —         (9,277 )

Exercise of stock options

    —       —         (3,848 )     —         —         5,475       —         —         1,627  

Purchase of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net

    —       —         —         —         —         —         74       (74 )     —    
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2006

    272     201,936       164,121       (470 )     (6,369 )     (227,170 )     1,457       (1,457 )     132,320  
                                                                     

Comprehensive loss:

                 

Net income

    —       —         1,075       —         —         —         —         —         1,075  

Other comprehensive income:

                 

Unrealized holding loss on securities (net of tax benefit $ 1,404)

    —       —         —         (2,741 )     —         —         —         —         (2,741 )
                                                                     

Total comprehensive loss

    —       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,666 )
                                                                     

Stock awards

    —       414       —         —         —         —         —         —         414  

Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan

    —       (295 )     (3 )     —         —         298       —         —         —    

Tax benefit of stock plans

    —       337       —         —         —         —         —         —         337  

Purchase 49,701 shares of common stock

    —       —         —         —         —         (1,112 )     —         —         (1,112 )

Allocation of ESOP stock

    —       —         —         —         1,009       —         —         —         1,009  

ESOP adjustment

    —       1,140       —         —         —         —         —         —         1,140  

Cash dividend – $.80 per share

    —       —         (9,262 )     —         —         —         —         —         (9,262 )

Exercise of stock options

    —       —         (1,002 )     —         —         2,128       —         —         1,126  

Purchase of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net

    —       —         —         —         —         —         (150 )     150       —    
                                                                     

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 272   $ 203,532     $ 154,929     $ (3,211 )   $ (5,360 )   $ (225,856 )   $ 1,307     $ (1,307 )   $ 124,306  
                                                                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

22 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   2007     2006     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 1,075     $ 12,633     $ 19,497  
                        

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     1,910       2,068       2,030  

Amortization of ESOP

     1,009       1,103       1,180  

ESOP adjustment

     1,140       1,849       2,064  

Stock awards

     414       337       130  

Amortization of servicing asset

     2,190       2,048       2,252  

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets

     1,114       158       104  

Net premium amortization in excess of discount accretion on securities

     93       221       793  

Net premium amortization of deferred fees and discounts on loans

     968       714       178  

Provision for loan losses

     700       150       350  

Lower of cost or market write-down on loans held for sale

     9,441       —         —    

Provision for repurchased loans

     3,460       9,600       —    

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     1,088       (2,950 )     334  

Net loss (gain) from premises and equipment

     21       —         (28 )

Net (gain) loss on sales of real estate owned

     (62 )     99       —    

Net gain on sales of loans and securities available for sale

     (1,853 )     (10,958 )     (13,183 )

Loans repurchased

     (1,012 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale

     378,847       701,112       726,041  

Mortgage loans originated for sale

     (319,821 )     (743,165 )     (684,153 )

Increase in value of Bank Owned Life Insurance

     (1,285 )     (1,143 )     (1,122 )

Proceeds from Bank Owned Life Insurance

     —         —         110  

Decrease (increase) in interest and dividends receivable

     1,168       (994 )     (1,056 )

Increase in other assets

     (619 )     (793 )     (261 )

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (14,919 )     12,911       (27,306 )
                        

Total adjustments

     63,992       (27,633 )     8,457  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     65,067       (15,000 )     27,954  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Net decrease (increase) in loans receivable

     28,079       (47,815 )     (182,165 )

Loans repurchased

     (14,483 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sales of loans repurchased

     8,666       —         —    

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

     —         437       199  

Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     —         6,241       7,629  

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

     (681 )     (748 )     (4,427 )

Purchase of mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     —         (6,439 )     (7,704 )

Proceeds from maturities or calls of investment securities available for sale

     20,780       2,584       4,670  

Principal payments on mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     14,653       17,117       37,473  

Decrease (increase) in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     2,405       (3,554 )     (542 )

Net proceeds (disbursements) from sale and acquisition of real estate owned

     753       (39 )     10  

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

     —         —         49  

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (1,617 )     (4,146 )     (2,132 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     58,555       (36,362 )     (146,940 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

(Decrease) increase in deposits

     (88,538 )     15,760       86,033  

Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     34,325       (12,707 )     61,117  

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     20,000       205,000       54,000  

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (95,000 )     (135,000 )     (99,000 )

Repayments of securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —         (10,000 )     (11,000 )

Proceeds from other borrowings

     10,000       12,500       5,000  

(Decrease) increase in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     (155 )     44       1,410  

Tax benefit of stock plans

     337       2,129       1,704  

Exercise of stock options

     1,126       1,627       2,240  

Dividends paid

     (9,262 )     (9,277 )     (9,469 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,112 )     (17,618 )     (15,962 )
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (128,279 )     52,458       76,073  
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks

     (4,657 )     1,096       (42,913 )

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     32,204       31,108       74,021  
                        

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 27,547     $ 32,204     $ 31,108  
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 62,486     $ 57,538     $ 42,159  

Income taxes

     227       5,374       19,151  

Noncash investing activities:

      

Transfer of loans held-for-sale to loans held-for-investment

     9,405       —         —    

Transfer of securities sold under agreements to repurchase to advances

     22,000       15,000       36,000  

Transfer of loans receivable to real estate owned

     841       70       —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 23


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, OceanFirst Bank (the “Bank”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Columbia Home Loans, LLC (“Columbia”), OceanFirst REIT Holdings, LLC., and its wholly-owned subsidiary OceanFirst Realty Corp. and OceanFirst Services, LLC, and its wholly-owned subsidiary OFB Reinsurance, Ltd. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Exit Activities

During 2007, the Bank exited the mortgage banking business operated by Columbia. All loan origination activity was ceased, although the Bank retained Columbia’s loan servicing portfolio. The exit was due to the significant operating losses incurred by Columbia in the fourth quarter of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007 and was completed prior to the end of 2007. Occupancy expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 include $760,000 for lease termination costs related to the exit activities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.”

Business

The Bank provides a range of community banking services to customers through a network of branches in Ocean, Monmouth and Middlesex counties in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions; it is also subject to the regulations of certain regulatory agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated statement of financial condition and revenues and expenses for the period then ended. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates and assumptions.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the determination of the reserve for repurchased loans, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in settlement of loans and the valuation of mortgage servicing rights. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan losses and Real Estate Owned (“REO”), management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and loans of Federal funds. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities

The Company classifies all investment and mortgage-backed securities as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy. Such securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax effect, are excluded from earnings, but are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Estimated fair value is determined based on bid quotations received from securities dealers, if available. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market price of similar instruments adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued. Gains or losses on the sale of such securities are included in other income using the specific identification method. Securities are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis.

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable, other than loans held-for-sale, are stated at unpaid principal balance, plus unamortized premiums less unearned discounts, net of deferred loan origination and commitment fees and costs, and the allowance for loan losses.

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the specifically identified loans, adjusted for actual prepayments. A loan is considered past due when a payment has not been received in accordance with the contractual terms. Loans on which interest is more than 90 days past due, including impaired loans, and other loans in the process of foreclosure are placed on non-accrual status. Interest income previously accrued on these loans, but not yet received, is reversed in the current period. Any interest subsequently collected is credited to income in the period of recovery only after the full principal balance has been brought current. A loan is returned to accrual status when all amounts due have been received and the remaining principal balance is deemed collectible.

A loan is considered impaired when it is deemed probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company has defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual commercial real estate, multi-family, land, construction and commercial loans in excess of $250,000. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, such as residential mortgage loans and installment loans, are specifically excluded from the impaired loan portfolio.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

The Company regularly sells part of its mortgage loan originations. The Bank periodically sells part of its own mortgage production in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. The Bank has generally sold fixed-rate mortgage loans with final maturities in excess of 15 years and, occasionally adjustable-rate loans. Columbia sold virtually all loan production except that the Bank may have purchased adjustable-rate and fixed-rate mortgage loans originated by Columbia for inclusion in its held-for-investment loan portfolio. The Bank had generally purchased from Columbia adjustable-rate loans with prime credit quality.

In determining whether to retain mortgages, management considers the Company’s overall interest rate risk position, the volume of such loans, the loan yield and the types and amount of funding sources. The Company may also retain mortgage loan production in order to improve yields and increase balance sheet leverage.

 

24 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


During 2007, the Company executed a bulk sale of loans held-for-sale which also included repurchased loans classified as held-for-investment. The repurchased loans were sold because the Company intended to reduce its overall exposure to subprime loans. Of the loans held-for-investment portfolio, only those loans previously repurchased were included in the bulk sale.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of unpaid principal balance, net, or market value on an aggregate basis. Estimated market value is determined based on bid quotations from securities dealers.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. Additions to the allowance arise from charges to operations through the provision for loan losses or from the recovery of amounts previously charged off. The allowance is reduced by loan charge-offs. Loans are charged-off when management believes such loans are uncollectible.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions in the Company’s market area. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their routine examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Reserve for Repurchased Loans

The reserve for repurchased loans relates to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to an Early Payment Default, generally defined as the failure by the borrower to make a payment within a designated period early in the loan term. Additionally, loans may be repurchased based on violation of representations and warranties. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve while actual losses are charged to the reserve. The reserve represents the Company’s estimate of the total losses expected to occur and is considered to be adequate by management based upon the Company’s evaluation of the potential exposure related to the loan sale agreements over the period of repurchase risk. The reserve for repurchased loans is included in other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition.

Mortgage Servicing Rights, or MSR

The Company recognizes as a separate asset the rights to service mortgage loans, whether those rights are acquired through purchase or loan origination activities. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income. The estimated fair value of MSR is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions including servicing income, servicing costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates. Impairment of the MSR is assessed on the fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized as a component of loan servicing fee income.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. When a property is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Operating results from real estate owned, including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned are recorded as incurred.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost and premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or leases. Depreciable lives are as follows: computer equipment: 3 years; furniture, fixtures and other electronic equipment: 5 years; building improvements: 10 years; and buildings: 30 years. Repair and maintenance items are expensed and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on dispositions are reflected in current operations.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Any interest and penalties on taxes payable are included as part of the provision for income taxes.

Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. The statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect the adoption of statement No. 159 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. The Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of Statement No. 157 to have a material impact on its financial statements.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” The interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement 109 -”Accounting for Income Taxes.” This Interpretation presents a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company adopted the Interpretation effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of Interpretation No. 48 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 25


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets.” SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” establishes, among other things, the accounting for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS No. 156 amends Statement 140 to require that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. This Statement permits, but does not require, the subsequent measurement of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value. An entity that uses derivative instruments to mitigate the risks inherent in servicing assets and servicing liabilities is required to account for those derivative instruments at fair value. Under this Statement, an entity can elect subsequent fair value measurement to account for its separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. By electing that option, an entity may simplify its accounting because this Statement permits income statement recognition of the potential offsetting changes in fair value of those servicing assets and servicing liabilities and derivative instruments in the same accounting period. The Company adopted the Statement effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 156 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Stock-based Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and accordingly recognized no compensation expense for stock option grants under this method. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123 (revised 2004) which requires an entity to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and other stock-based compensation issued to employees in the income statement. The modified prospective transition method was adopted and, as a result, the income statement includes $308,000 and $206,000 of expense for stock option grants for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Prior periods have not been restated. At December 31, 2007 the Company had $1.3 million in compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized. This cost will be recognized over the remaining vesting period of 3.6 years.

As a result of adopting Statement 123 (R) on January 1, 2006, the Company’s income before income taxes and net income was $308,000 and $200,000 lower, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $206,000 and $134,000 lower, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006 than if it had continued to account for stock-based compensation under Opinion No. 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share would have increased to $0.11 for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $1.11 and $1.09, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2006, if the Company had not adopted Statement 123(R).

On December 22, 2005, the Company accelerated the vesting of 645,535 outstanding unvested stock options awarded to directors and officers of the Bank. Of the 645,535 stock options for which vesting was accelerated 464,516, or 72% were “in the money” options having exercise prices from $14.33 to $23.23. The remaining 181,019, or 28%, were “out of the money” options having exercise prices from $23.44 to $27.11. The acceleration was undertaken in an attempt to eliminate compensation expense that the Company would otherwise be required to recognize with respect to these unvested stock options upon adopting Statement 123 (R). The Company recognized a pre-tax charge of $27,000 in the fourth quarter of 2005 while eliminating potential pre-tax compensation expense in future periods of approximately $2.3 million. Had the compensation costs for the Company’s stock option plan for the year ended December 31, 2005 been determined based on the fair value method, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands except per share data).

 

     2005  

Net income:

  

As reported

   $ 19,497  
        

Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

     85  

Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value based method including earned incentive awards and stock option grants, net of related tax effects

     (2,450 )
        

Net stock-based compensation expense not included in reported net income, all relating to stock option grants, net of related tax effects

     (2,365 )
        

Pro forma

   $ 17,132  
        

Basic earnings per share:

  

As reported

   $ 1.65  

Pro forma

     1.45  
        

Diluted earnings per share:

  

As reported

   $ 1.60  

Pro forma

     1.40  
        

The fair value of stock options granted by the Company was estimated through the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model applying the following assumptions:

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Risk-free interest rate

     4.63 %     4.71 %     3.95 %

Expected option life

     7 years       7 years       6 years  

Expected volatility

     21 %     22 %     22 %

Expected dividend yield

     3.60 %     3.49 %     3.41 %

Weighted average fair value of an option share granted during the year

   $ 4.15     $ 4.81     $ 4.05  

Intrinsic value of options exercised during the year (in thousands)

     1,230       5,866       6,128  

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate with a term equal to the expected option life. The expected option life was updated in 2006 to conform to the Company’s actual experience. Expected volatility is based on actual historical results. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes items recorded directly in equity, such as unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale.

Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for intangible assets under SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS 142 eliminated amortization of goodwill and requires that an annual impairment test be performed. The Company determined that there was an impairment to goodwill of $1.0 million in 2007 based on the significant operating losses incurred by Columbia and the resultant negative equity. The impairment charge is included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income. The Company’s intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, were amortized on a straight line basis over a period of ten years through December 31, 2007. The Company has no intangible assets remaining at December 31, 2007.

 

26 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Bank Owned Life Insurance

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) is accounted for using the cash surrender value method and is recorded at its realizable value. The change in the net asset value is included in other non-interest income.

Segment Reporting

As a community-oriented financial institution, substantially all of the Bank’s operations involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. The Bank makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these community banking operations, which constitute the only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus potential common stock, utilizing the treasury stock method. All share amounts exclude unallocated shares of stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) and the Incentive Plan.

The following reconciles shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Weighted average shares outstanding

   12,324     12,444     12,817  

Less: Unallocated ESOP shares

   (695 )   (821 )   (956 )

Unallocated Incentive award shares and shares held by deferred compensation plan

   (84 )   (76 )   (75 )
                  

Average basic shares outstanding

   11,545     11,547     11,786  

Add: Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Stock options

   39     143     362  

Incentive Awards and shares held by deferred compensation plan

   64     75     71  
                  

Average diluted shares outstanding

   11,648     11,765     12,219  
                  

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, 1,297,000, 638,000 and 324,000, respectively, antidilutive stock options were excluded from earnings per share calculations.

(2) Regulatory Matters

Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) regulations require savings institutions to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at December 31, 2007, the Bank was required to maintain a minimum ratio of tangible capital to total adjusted assets of 1.5%; a minimum ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to total adjusted assets of 3.0%; and a minimum ratio of total (core and supplementary) capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a Tier 1 ratio of at least 6.0%; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Bank was considered well capitalized.

The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, compared to the OTS minimum capital adequacy requirements and the OTS requirements for classification as a well capitalized institution (in thousands).

 

As of December 31, 2007:

   Actual     For capital
adequacy purposes
    To be well
capitalized under
prompt corrective
action
 
   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 138,275    7.2 %   $ 28,930    1.5 %   $ —      —   %

Core capital

     138,275    7.2       57,860    3.0       96,433    5.0  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     138,275    10.4       52,961    4.0       79,441    6.0  

Risk-based capital

     148,440    11.2       105,921    8.0       132,402    10.0  

As of December 31, 2006:

   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 131,643    6.4 %   $ 31,109    1.5 %   $ —      —   %

Core capital

     131,643    6.4       62,218    3.0       103,697    5.0  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     131,643    9.8       53,969    4.0       80,954    6.0  

Risk-based capital

     141,416    10.5       107,939    8.0       134,923    10.0  

OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by savings institutions, like the Bank, such as dividends and payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire shares. The Company may not declare or pay cash dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders’ equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements or if such declaration and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

(3) Investment Securities Available for Sale

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2007

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value

U. S. agency obligations

   $ 297    $ 1    $ —       $ 298

State and municipal obligations

     1,747      9      —         1,756

Corporate debt securities

     54,973      —        (5,299 )     49,674

Equity investments

     5,586      318      (7 )     5,897
                            
   $ 62,603    $ 328    $ (5,306 )   $ 57,625
                            

December 31, 2006

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value

U. S. agency obligations

   $ 290    $ —      $ (1 )   $ 289

State and municipal obligations

     1,747      21      —         1,768

Corporate debt securities

     75,655      —        (1,595 )     74,060

Equity investments

     4,905      1,362      —         6,267
                            
   $ 82,597    $ 1,383    $ (1,596 )   $ 82,384
                            

Gains realized during 2007, 2006 and 2005 on the sale of investment securities available for sale totaled $-0-, $155,000 and $136,000, respectively. There were no losses realized during 2007, 2006 or 2005 on the sale of investment securities available for sale.

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 27


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available for sale, excluding equity investments, at December 31, 2007 by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2007, investment securities available for sale with an amortized cost and estimated market value of $56,720,000 and $51,430,000, respectively, were callable prior to the maturity date.

 

December 31, 2007

   Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value

Less than one year

   $ 297    $ 298

Due after one year through five years

     —        —  

Due after five years through ten years

     —        —  

Due after ten years

     56,720      51,430
             
   $ 57,017    $  51,728
             

The estimated market value (carrying amount) of investment securities pledged as required security for deposits and for other purposes required by law amounted to $2,054,000 and $2,058,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Additionally, the estimated market value (carrying amount) of investment securities pledged as collateral for reverse repurchase agreements amounted to $49,674,000 and $74,059,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The estimated market value and unrealized loss for investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006, segregated by the duration of the unrealized loss are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2007

 

     Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
     Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

Corporate debt securities

   $    $ —       $ 49,674    $ (5,299 )   $ 49,674    $ (5,299 )

Equity investments

     243      (7 )     —        —         243      (7 )
                                             
   $ 243    $ (7 )   $ 49,674    $ (5,299 )   $ 49,917    $ (5,306 )
                                             

December 31, 2006

 

     Less than 12 months    12 months or longer     Total  
     Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. agency obligations

   $ —      $ —      $ 289    $ (1 )   $ 289    $ (1 )

Corporate debt securities

     —        —        69,059      (1,595 )     69,059      (1,595 )
                                            
   $ —      $ —      $ 69,348    $ (1,596 )   $ 69,348    $ (1,596 )
                                            

The corporate debt securities are issued by other financial institutions each with an investment grade credit rating of BBB or better as rated by one of the internationally-recognized credit rating services. These floating rate securities were purchased during the period May 1998 to September 1998 and have paid coupon interest continuously since issuance. Floating rate debt securities such as these pay a fixed interest rate spread over LIBOR. Following the purchase of these securities, the required spread increased for these types of securities causing a decline in the market price. Although these investment securities are available for sale, the Company has the intent and the ability to hold these securities until maturity or market recovery at which time the Company expects to receive the fully amortized cost.

Equity investments consist of the common stock of a financial institution, the value of which is subject to market price fluctuations as a result of multiple variables that may include general stock market conditions, industry conditions, institution-specific circumstances or the current and projected interest rate environments. The Company has the ability to hold the investment until market prices recover.

(4) Mortgage-Backed Securities Available for Sale

The amortized cost and estimated market value of mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2007

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value

FHLMC

   $ 11,845    $ 64    $ (47 )   $ 11,862

FNMA

     40,559      104      (181 )     40,482

GNMA

     1,696      97      —         1,793
                            
   $ 54,100    $ 265    $ (228 )   $ 54,137
                            

December 31, 2006

   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value

FHLMC

   $ 14,726    $ 55    $ (132 )   $ 14,649

FNMA

     52,264      51      (631 )     51,684

GNMA

     1,960      76      —         2,036
                            
   $ 68,950    $ 182    $ (763 )   $ 68,369
                            

There were no gains realized on the sale of mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2007, 2006 or 2005. Losses realized during 2007, 2006 and 2005 on the sale of mortgage-backed securities available for sale totaled $-0-, $148,000 and $117,000, respectively.

The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities available for sale generally exceed 20 years; however, the effective lives are expected to be shorter due to principal prepayments.

The estimated market value (carrying amount) of mortgage-backed securities pledged as required security for deposits and for other purposes required by law amounted to $21,172,000 and $25,328,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The estimated market value (carrying amount) of mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral for reverse repurchase agreements amounted to $32,712,000 and $42,529,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The estimated market value and unrealized loss for mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006, segregated by the duration of the unrealized loss are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2007

 

     Less than 12 months     12 months or longer     Total  
     Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

FHLMC

   $ 425    $ (1 )   $ 5,266    $ (46 )   $ 5,691    $ (47 )

FNMA

     —        —         23,405      (181 )     23,405      (181 )
                                             
   $ 425    $ (1 )   $ 28,671    $ (227 )   $ 29,096    $ (228 )
                                             
               

December 31, 2006

 

     Less than 12 months    12 months or longer     Total  
     Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

FHLMC

   $ —      $ —      $ 6,130    $ (132 )   $ 6,130    $ (132 )

FNMA

     —        —        45,222      (631 )     45,222      (631 )
                                            
   $ —      $ —      $ 51,352    $ (763 )   $ 51,352    $ (763 )
                                            

 

28 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


The mortgage-backed securities are issued and guaranteed by either FHLMC or FNMA, stockholder-owned corporations chartered by the United States Government, whose debt obligations are rated AA or better by one of the internationally recognized credit rating services. The Company considers the unrealized losses to be the result of changes in interest rates which over time can have both a positive and negative impact on the estimated market value of the mortgage-backed securities. Although these mortgage-backed securities are available for sale, the Company has the intent and the ability to hold these securities until maturity or market recovery at which time the Company expects to receive the fully amortized cost.

(5) Loans Receivable, Net

A summary of loans receivable at December 31, 2007 and 2006 follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007     2006  

Real estate mortgage:

    

One-to-four family

   $ 1,071,976     $ 1,142,897  

Commercial real estate, multi-family and land

     326,707       306,288  

FHA insured & VA guaranteed

     6,639       5,876  
                
     1,405,322       1,455,061  
                

Real estate construction

     10,816       13,475  

Consumer

     213,282       190,029  

Commercial

     54,279       49,693  
                

Total loans

     1,683,699       1,708,258  
                

Loans in process

     (2,452 )     (2,318 )

Deferred origination costs, net

     5,140       5,723  

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,468 )     (10,238 )
                
     (7,780 )     (6,833 )
                
   $ 1,675,919     $ 1,701,425  
                

At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 loans in the amount of $8,741,000, $4,525,000 and $1,595,000, respectively, were three or more months delinquent or in the process of foreclosure and the Company was not accruing interest income. At December 31, 2007, the impaired loan portfolio consisted of two commercial real estate loans and one commercial loan totalling $999,000 for which there was no specific or general allocations in the allowance for loan losses due to collateral adequacy. At December 31, 2006, the impaired loan portfolio consisted of one commercial loan for $962,000 for which there was no specific or general allocations in the allowance for loan losses due to collateral adequacy. The average balance of impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $2,608,000, $347,000 and $389,000, respectively. If interest income on nonaccrual loans and impaired loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, approximately $210,000, $189,000, and $115,000 of interest income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, would have been recorded. At December 31, 2007, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are classified as nonperforming.

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 10,238     $ 10,460     $ 10,688  

Provision charged to operations

     700       150       350  

Charge-offs

     (477 )     (569 )     (684 )

Recoveries

     7       197       106  
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 10,468     $ 10,238     $ 10,460  
                        

An analysis of the servicing asset for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 9,787     $ 9,730     $ 8,790  

Capitalized mortgage servicing rights

     1,343       2,105       3,192  

Amortization and impairment charges

     (2,190 )     (2,048 )     (2,252 )
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 8,940     $ 9,787     $ 9,730  
                        

Loans serviced for others amounted to $1,026,070,000 and $992,658,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, all of which relate to residential loans. At December 31, 2007, the servicing asset had an estimated fair value of $13,995,000 and was valued based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 8.1%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 11.9% and a weighted average life of 7.5 years. At December 31, 2006, the servicing asset had an estimated fair value of $15,036,000 and was valued based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 8.1%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 12.7% and a weighted average life of 7.3 years. As of December 31, 2007, estimated future servicing amortization through 2012 based on the prepayment assumptions utilized in the December 31, 2007 valuation, is as follows: $2,014,000 for 2008, $1,729,000 for 2009, $1,484,000 for 2010, $1,252,000 for 2011 and $918,000 for 2012. Actual results will vary depending upon the level of repayments on the loans currently serviced.

The Bank’s mortgage loans are used to secure FHLB advances.

(6) Interest and Dividends Receivable

A summary of interest and dividends receivable at December 31, 2007 and 2006 follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007    2006

Loans

   $ 6,172    $ 7,035

Investment securities

     509      737

Mortgage-backed securities

     234      311
             
   $ 6,915    $ 8,083
             

(7) Premises and Equipment, Net

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007     2006  

Land

   $ 3,195     $ 3,195  

Buildings and improvements

     18,834       18,647  

Leasehold improvements

     1,671       2,199  

Furniture and equipment

     13,596       14,056  

Automobiles

     330       330  

Construction in progress

     1,089       70  
                

Total

     38,715       38,497  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (20,833 )     (20,301 )
                
   $ 17,882     $ 18,196  
                

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 29


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(8) Deposits

Deposits, including accrued interest payable of $174,000 and $548,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007     2006  
     Amount    Weighted
Average
Cost
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Cost
 

Non-interest bearing accounts

   $ 103,656    —   %   $ 114,950    —   %

Interest-bearing checking accounts

     454,666    2.33       408,666    2.55  

Money market deposit accounts

     84,287    1.59       105,571    1.77  

Savings accounts

     187,095    .99       200,544    .80  

Time deposits

     454,086    4.36       542,597    4.48  
                          
   $ 1,283,790    2.61 %   $ 1,372,328    2.78 %
                          

Included in time deposits at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is $98,514,000 and $143,108,000 in deposits of $100,000 and over.

Time deposits at December 31, 2007 mature as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2008

   $ 410,974

2009

     22,623

2010

     11,231

2011

     6,069

2012

     2,607

Thereafter

     582
      
   $ 454,086
      

Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007    2006    2005

Interest-bearing checking accounts

   $ 11,343    $ 8,216    $ 4,674

Money market deposit accounts

     1,577      1,994      1,604

Savings accounts

     1,941      1,730      1,858

Time deposits

     21,725      21,461      14,671
                    
   $ 36,586    $ 33,401    $ 22,807
                    

(9) Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007     2006  
     Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount    Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   $ 393,000    4.82 %   $ 430,500    4.84 %

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     81,807    2.89       84,982    4.34  

Other borrowings

     27,500    6.84       17,500    6.90  
                          
   $ 502,307    4.62 %   $ 532,982    4.83 %
                          

Information concerning Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“reverse repurchase agreements”) is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     FHLB Advances     Reverse Repurchase
Agreements
 
     2007     2006     2007     2006  

Average balance

   $ 413,352     $ 426,792     $ 84,303     $ 92,930  

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

     454,200       504,200       94,199       103,529  

Average interest rate for the year

     4.94 %     4.73 %     4.02 %     4.38 %
                                

Amortized cost of collateral:

        

Corporate securities

     —         —       $ 54,973     $ 75,655  

Mortgage-backed securities

     —         —         32,626       42,792  

Other securities

     —         —         —         —    

Estimated market value of collateral:

        

Corporate securities

     —         —         49,674       74,059  

Mortgage-backed securities

     —         —         32,712       42,529  

Other securities

     —         —         —         —    

The securities collateralizing the reverse repurchase agreements are delivered to the lender with whom each transaction is executed or to a third party custodian. The lender, who may sell, loan or otherwise dispose of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their operations, agrees to resell to the Company substantially the same securities at the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreements. (See notes 3 and 4.)

FHLB advances and reverse repurchase agreements have contractual maturities at December 31, 2007 as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   FHLB
Advances
   Reverse
Repurchase
Agreements

2008

   $ 164,000    $ 79,807

2009

     106,000      2,000

2010

     85,000      —  

2011

     38,000      —  

2012

     —        —  

Thereafter

     —        —  
             
   $ 393,000    $ 81,807
             

Amount callable by lender prior to the maturity date

   $ 40,000    $ —  
             

During 2007, the Company issued $10 million of trust preferred securities which carry a floating rate of 175 basis points over 3 month LIBOR adjusted quarterly. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date of September 1, 2037. During 2006, the Company issued $12,500,000 of trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities carry a floating rate of 166 basis points over 3 month LIBOR adjusted quarterly. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date in 2036. On August 4, 2005, the Company issued $5,000,000 of subordinated debt at a fixed interest rate of 6.35%. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date of November 23, 2015.

 

30 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007    2006    2005

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   $ 20,435    $ 20,184    $ 13,698

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,393      4,068      5,237

Other borrowings

     1,626      790      131
                    
   $ 25,454    $ 25,042    $ 19,066
                    

The Bank has an available overnight line of credit with the FHLB for $100,000,000 which expires July 31, 2008. The Bank also has available from the FHLB, a one-month overnight repricing line of credit for $100,000,000 which expires July 31, 2008. The Bank expects both lines to be renewed upon expiration. When utilized, both lines carry a floating interest rate of 10-15 basis points over the current Federal funds rate. All FHLB advances, including the lines of credit, are secured by the Bank’s mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and FHLB stock. As a member of the FHLB of New York, the Company is required to maintain a minimum investment in the capital stock of the FHLB, at cost, in an amount equal to 0.20% of the Bank’s mortgage-related assets, plus 4.5% of the specified value of certain transactions between the Bank and the FHLB.

(10) Income Taxes

The (benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (1,257 )   $ 8,893     $ 9,500  

State

     29       581       501  
                        

Total Current

     (1,228 )     9,474       10,001  
                        

Deferred:

      

Federal

     1,088       (2,460 )     710  

State

     —         (451 )     (376 )
                        

Total deferred

     1,088       (2,911 )     334  
                        
   $ (140 )   $ 6,563     $ 10,335  
                        

Included in other comprehensive income (loss) is income tax expense (benefit) attributable to net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale in the amount of $(1,404,000), $520,000 and $(384,000) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Included in stockholders’ equity is income tax benefit attributable to stock plans in the amount of $337,000, $2,129,000 and $1,704,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

A reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the expected amount computed by multiplying income before the provision for income taxes times the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ 935     $ 19,196     $ 29,832  

Applicable statutory

      

Federal income tax rate

     35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %

Computed “expected” Federal income tax expense

   $ 327     $ 6,719     $ 10,441  

Increase (decrease) in Federal income tax expense resulting from:

      

ESOP adjustment

     399       647       722  

ESOP dividends

     (403 )     (397 )     (368 )

Earnings on life insurance

     (450 )     (400 )     (393 )

State income taxes net of

      

Federal benefit

     19       85       82  

Other items, net

     (32 )     (91 )     (149 )
                        
   $ (140 )   $ 6,563     $ 10,335  
                        

Included in other assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 is a net deferred tax asset of $7,096,000 and $6,780,000 , respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2007 and 2006 the Company recorded a current tax payable (receivable) of $(1,546,000) and $245,000, respectively.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan and real estate owned losses per books

   $ 4,277     $ 4,182  

Reserve for repurchased loans

     979       3,922  

Reserve for uncollected interest

     97       84  

Deferred compensation

     983       1,192  

Premises and equipment, differences in depreciation

     1,612       543  

Other reserves

     81       115  

Stock plans

     275       137  

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale

     2,018       325  

Intangible assets

     439       49  

Lease termination costs

     278       —    

Loans held for sale

     38       141  

Partnership investment income

     —         278  

State alternative minimum tax

     1,160       1,160  

State alternative minimum tax on REIT

     —         338  

State net operating loss carry forward

     948       823  
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     13,185       13,289  

Less valuation allowance

     (2,089 )     (2,197 )
                

Deferred tax assets, net

     11,096       11,092  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Excess servicing on sale of mortgage loans

     (1,161 )     (1,395 )

Investments, discount accretion

     (422 )     (377 )

Deferred loan and commitment costs, net

     (2,139 )     (2,396 )

ESOP

     (278 )     (144 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (4,000 )     (4,312 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 7,096     $ 6,780  
                

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 31


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Company has determined that a valuation allowance should be established for the state net operating loss carryforward and other state deferred tax assets other than the alternative minimum tax as it was considered more likely than not that the Bank, based on anticipated changes to its corporate structure, would not have sufficient earnings to realize the benefit. At December 31, 2006, a valuation allowance was also established for the state alternative minimum tax on REIT as it was considered unlikely that the REIT would have sufficient earnings to realize the benefit. The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation reserve for the remaining net deferred tax asset since it is “more likely than not” that the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The conclusion that it is “more likely than not” that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the history of earnings and the prospects for continued growth. Management will continue to review the tax criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets.

Retained earnings at December 31, 2007 includes approximately $10,750,000 for which no provision for income tax has been made. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes, distributions in complete or partial liquidation, stock redemptions and excess distributions to shareholders. At December 31, 2007 the Company had an unrecognized deferred tax liability of $3,763,000 with respect to this reserve.

A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007 follows (in thousands). There were no unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. The unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007 would affect the effective income tax rate if recognized.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2007

Balance at beginning of year

   $ —  

State tax benefits

     338
      

Balance at the end of year

   $ 338
      

The tax years that remain subject to examination by the Federal government include the year ended December 31, 2004 and forward. The tax years that remain subject to examination by the State of New Jersey include the years ended December 31, 2003 and forward.

(11) Employee Stock Ownership Plan

As part of the Conversion, the Bank established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan and in 2006 the Bank established a Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan (collectively the “ESOP”) to provide retirement benefits for eligible employees. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP after they attain age 21 and complete one year of service during which they work at least 1,000 hours. ESOP shares are first allocated to employees who also participate in the Bank’s Incentive Savings (401K) Plan in an amount equal to 50% of the first 6% of the employees contribution. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, 22,555, 19,339 and 18,646 shares, respectively, were either released or committed to be released under this formula. The remaining ESOP shares are allocated among participants on the basis of compensation earned during the year. Employees are fully vested in their ESOP account after the completion of five years of credited service or completely if service was terminated due to death, retirement, disability, or change in control of the Company except that shares allocated based on participation in the 401K Plan vest on a graduated basis over years two through six. ESOP participants are entitled to receive distributions from the ESOP account only upon termination of service, which includes retirement and death.

The ESOP originally borrowed $13,421,000 from the Company to purchase 2,013,137 shares of common stock issued in the conversion. On May 12, 1998, the initial loan agreement was amended to allow the ESOP to borrow an additional $8,200,000 in order to fund the purchase of 633,750 shares of common stock. At the same time the term of the loan was extended from the initial twelve years to thirty years. As part of the establishment of the Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan the term of the loan was reduced by one year and now expires in 2026. The amended loan is to be repaid from contributions by the Bank to the ESOP trust. The Bank is required to make contributions to the ESOP in amounts at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt, assuming a fixed interest rate of 8.25%.

The Bank’s obligation to make such contributions is reduced to the extent of any dividends paid by the Company on unallocated shares and any investment earnings realized on such dividends. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006 contributions to the ESOP, which were used to fund principal and interest payments on the ESOP debt, totaled $1,678,000 and $1,986,000, respectively. During 2007 and 2006, $595,000 and $701,000, respectively, of dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares were used for debt service. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the loan had an outstanding balance of $4,807,000 and $5,991,000, respectively, and the ESOP had unallocated shares of 635,551 and 755,259, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the unallocated shares had a fair value of $10,048,000. The unamortized balance of the ESOP is shown as unallocated common stock held by the ESOP and is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Bank recorded compensation expense related to the ESOP of $2,149,000, $2,952,000 and $3,244,000, respectively, including $1,140,000, $1,849,000 and $2,064,000, respectively, representing additional compensation expense to reflect the increase in the average fair value of committed to be released and allocated shares in excess of the Bank’s cost. As of December 31, 2007, 1,909,410 shares had been allocated to participants and 101,927 shares were committed to be released.

(12) Incentive Plan

The Company has established the Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) which authorizes the granting of stock options and awards of Common Stock and the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan which authorizes the granting of stock options. On April 24, 2003 the Company’s shareholders ratified an amendment of the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan which increased the number of shares available under option. On April 20, 2006, the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved which authorizes the granting of stock options or awards of common stock. The purpose of these plans is to attract and retain qualified personnel in key positions, provide officers, employees and non-employee directors (“Outside Directors”) with a proprietary interest in the Company as an incentive to contribute to the success of the Company, align the interests of management with those of other stockholders’ and reward employees for outstanding performance. All officers, other employees and Outside Directors of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the plans.

Under the Incentive Plan and the Amended 2000 Stock Option Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to 4,153,564 shares subject to option of which 244,007 shares remain to be issued at December 31, 2007. Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to an additional 1,000,000 shares subject to option of which 950,692 shares remain to be issued at December 31, 2007. In lieu of options, up to 333,333 shares in the form of stock awards may be issued. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest at the rate of 20% per year. The exercise price of each option equals the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company typically issues Treasury shares to satisfy stock option exercises.

 

32 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


A summary of option activity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 follows:

 

     2007    2006    2005
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at beginning of year

   1,495,859     $ 20.24    1,732,410     $ 16.90    2,215,514     $ 15.47

Granted

   205,985       21.61    258,800       23.43    18,850       22.06

Exercised

   (127,416 )     10.57    (480,500 )     9.94    (483,414 )     10.23

Forfeited

   (189,225 )     21.87    (14,851 )     22.62    (18,540 )     22.33
                                      

Outstanding at end of year

   1,385,203     $ 21.10    1,495,859     $ 20.24    1,732,410     $ 16.90
                                      

Options exercisable

   1,023,238        1,235,769        1,723,426    
                          

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2007:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Exercise Prices

   Number of
Options
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Options
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 9.87-12.63

   58,033    2.21 years    $ 12.28    58,033    2.21 years    $ 12.28

13.06-15.04

   13,367    2.76      14.06    13,367    2.76      14.06

17.14-17.88

   320,434    4.16      17.88    320,434    4.16      17.88

18.64-23.23

   534,088    7.41      22.15    338,698    6.43      22.45

23.44-27.11

   459,281    6.69      23.49    292,706    5.89      23.50
                                 
   1,385,203    6.16 years    $ 21.10    1,023,238    5.28 years    $ 20.63
                                 

The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at December 31, 2007 is $228,000 .

(13) Commitments, Contingencies and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to financial instruments and commitments which involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These financial instruments and commitments include unused consumer lines of credit and commitments to extend credit.

At December 31, 2007, the following commitments and contingent liabilities existed which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   2007

Unused consumer and construction loan lines of credit (primarily floating-rate)

   $ 117,252
      

Unused commercial loan lines of credit (primarily floating-rate)

     50,855
      

Other commitments to extend credit:

  

Fixed-Rate

     30,914

Adjustable-Rate

     12,253

Floating-Rate

     13,455

The Company’s fixed-rate loan commitments expire within 90 days of issuance and carried interest rates ranging from 4.95% to 6.95% at December 31, 2007.

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments and commitments is represented by the contractual amounts. The Company uses the same credit policies in granting commitments and conditional obligations as it does for financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

These commitments and obligations do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s assessment of risk. Substantially all of the unused consumer and construction loan lines of credit are collateralized by mortgages on real estate.

The Company has entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally require the Company to repurchase loans previously sold in the event of an Early Payment Default or a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. In the opinion of management, the potential exposure related to the Company’s loan sale agreements is adequately provided for in the reserve for repurchased loans which is included in other liabilities with a corresponding provision which reduced the net gain on sale of loans. The reserve for repurchased loans was established to provide for expected losses related to outstanding loan repurchase requests and additional repurchase requests which may be received on loans previously sold to investors. In establishing the reserve for repurchased loans, the Company considered all types of sold loans, however, the actual types of loans which resulted in loss estimates includes subprime loans with 100% financing, all other subprime loans and a small amount of ALT-A loans.

An analysis of the reserve for repurchased loans for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 follows (in thousands). There was no balance in the reserve at December 31, 2005.

 

Year ended December 31,

   2007     2006

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 9,600     $ —  

Provision charged to operations, net

     3,460       9,600

Loss on loans repurchased

     (10,662 )     —  
              

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,398     $ 9,600
              

At December 31, 2007, the Company is obligated under noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. Rental expense under these leases aggregated approximately $2,865,000, $2,159,000 and $2,030,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The projected minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

    

2008

   $ 2,169

2009

     1,910

2010

     1,614

2011

     1,596

2012

     1,371

Thereafter

     17,304
      
   $ 25,964
      

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 33


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Company grants one-to-four family and commercial first mortgage real estate loans to borrowers primarily located in Ocean, Middlesex and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey. The Company also originates interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s loan repayment when the contractually required repayments increase due to the required amortization of the principal amount. These payment increases could affect a borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans at December 31, 2007 was $202.6 million. The ability of borrowers to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Company’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Company’s control; the Company is, therefore, subject to risk of loss.

The Company believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks. Collateral and/or guarantees are required for all loans.

Contingencies

The Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and its legal counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

(14) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.

Cash and Due from Banks

For cash and due from banks, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities

The fair value of investment and mortgage-backed securities is estimated based on bid quotations received from securities dealers, if available. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued.

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed. There is no active market for this stock and the Company is required to maintain a minimum investment based upon the outstanding balance of mortgage related assets and outstanding borrowings.

Loans

Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage, construction, consumer and commercial. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms.

Fair value of performing and non-performing loans was estimated by discounting the future cash flows, net of estimated prepayments, at a rate for which similar loans would be originated to new borrowers with similar terms.

Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and interest-bearing checking accounts and money market accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand. The related insensitivity of the majority of these deposits to interest rate changes creates a significant inherent value which is not reflected in the fair value reported. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed Funds

Fair value estimates are based on discounting contractual cash flows using rates which approximate the rates offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Sell Loans

The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s significant financial instruments as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented in the following tables (in thousands).

 

December 31, 2007

   Book
Value
   Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 27,547    $ 27,547

Investment securities available for sale

     57,625      57,625

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     54,137      54,137

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     22,941      22,941

Loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale

     1,681,991      1,675,881

Financial Liabilities:

     

Deposits

     1,283,790      1,283,688

Borrowed funds

     502,307      503,431

December 31, 2006

   Book
Value
   Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 32,204    $ 32,204

Investment securities available for sale

     82,384      82,384

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     68,369      68,369

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock

     25,346      25,346

Loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale

     1,784,368      1,781,154

Financial Liabilities:

     

Deposits

     1,372,328      1,368,677

Borrowed funds

     532,982      530,709

 

34 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets, and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

(15) Parent-Only Financial Information

The following condensed statements of financial condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and condensed statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 for OceanFirst Financial Corp. (parent company only) reflects the Company’s investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, using the equity method of accounting.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

   2007    2006

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 7    $ 7

Advances to subsidiary Bank

     5,719      5,683

Investment securities

     5,897      6,268

ESOP loan receivable

     4,807      5,991

Investment in subsidiary Bank

     135,241      132,208

Other assets

     515      —  
             

Total assets

   $ 152,186    $ 150,157
             

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Borrowings

   $ 27,500    $ 17,500

Other liabilities

     380      337

Stockholders’ equity

     124,306      132,320
             

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 152,186    $ 150,157
             

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Dividend income - Subsidiary Bank

   $ —       $ 15,000     $ 15,000  

Dividend income - Investment securities

     700       485       477  

Gain on sale- Investment securities

     —         155       136  

Interest income - Advances to subsidiary Bank

     236       106       46  

Interest income - ESOP loan receivable

     494       608       724  
                        

Total dividend and interest income

     1,430       16,354       16,383  

Interest expense - borrowings

     1,601       790       131  

Operating expenses

     1,287       1,273       1,167  
                        

Income before income taxes and undistributed earnings/ (distribution in excess of earnings) of subsidiary Bank

     (1,458 )     14,291       15,085  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     515       253       (31 )
                        

Income before undistributed earnings/ (distributions in excess of earnings) of subsidiary Bank

     (943 )     14,544       15,054  

Undistributed earnings (distributions in excess of earnings) of subsidiary Bank

     2,018       (1,911 )     4,443  
                        

Net Income

   $ 1,075     $ 12,633     $ 19,497  
                        

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 35


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31,

   2007     2006     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 1,075     $ 12,633     $ 19,497  

(Increase) decrease in advances to subsidiary Bank

     (36 )     (2,789 )     2,076  

(Undistributed earnings) distributions in excess of earnings of subsidiary Bank

     (2,018 )     1,911       (4,443 )

Gain on sale of investment securities

     —         (155 )     (136 )

Change in other assets and other liabilities

     (276 )     (183 )     38  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,255 )     11,417       17,032  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Proceeds from sale of investment securities

     —         436       199  

Purchase of investment securities

     (681 )     (463 )     (443 )

Repayments on ESOP loan receivable

     1,184       1,378       1,403  
                        

Net cash provided by investing activities

     503       1,351       1,159  
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from borrowings

     10,000       12,500       5,000  

Dividends paid

     (9,262 )     (9,277 )     (9,469 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,112 )     (17,618 )     (15,962 )

Exercise of stock options

     1,126       1,627       2,240  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     752       (12,768 )     (18,191 )
                        

Net increase in cash and due from banks

     —         —         —    

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

     7       7       7  
                        

Cash and due from banks at end of year

   $ 7     $ 7     $ 7  
                        

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(Unaudited)

 

Quarter ended

   Dec. 31     Sept. 30    June 30     March 31  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)                        

2007

         

Interest income

   $ 27,816     $ 28,223    $ 28,553     $ 30,372  

Interest expense

     14,830       15,392      15,854       15,964  
                               

Net interest income

     12,986       12,831      12,699       14,408  

Provision for loan losses

     175       75      110       340  
                               

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     12,811       12,756      12,589       14,068  

Other income (loss)

     4,116       4,562      225       (6,372 )

Operating expenses

     12,376       12,610      13,744       15,090  
                               

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     4,551       4,708      (930 )     (7,394 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,457       1,582      (1,207 )     (1,972 )
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,094     $ 3,126    $ 277     $ (5,422 )
                               

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ .27     $ .27    $ .02     $ (.47 )
                               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ .26     $ .27    $ .02     $ (.47 )
                               

2006

         

Interest income

   $ 29,892     $ 30,316    $ 28,568     $ 27,786  

Interest expense

     16,060       15,857      14,157       12,369  
                               

Net interest income

     13,832       14,459      14,411       15,417  

Provision for loan losses

     50       50      —         50  
                               

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     13,782       14,409      14,411       15,367  

Other (loss) income

     (3,963 )     6,603      6,541       4,427  

Operating expenses

     12,156       13,514      13,535       13,176  
                               

(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

     (2,337 )     7,498      7,417       6,618  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (898 )     2,592      2,565       2,304  
                               

Net (loss) income

   $ (1,439 )   $ 4,906    $ 4,852     $ 4,314  
                               

Basic (loss) earnings per share

   $ (.13 )   $ .43    $ .42     $ .37  
                               

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

   $ (.13 )   $ .42    $ .41     $ .36  
                               

 

36 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Report of Independent

Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

OceanFirst Financial Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 13, 2008

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 37


Management Report on Internal Control

Over Financial Reporting

Management of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. This assessment was based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 39.

 

38 | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (OCFC) | Annual Report 2007


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

OceanFirst Financial Corp.:

We have audited OceanFirst Financial Corp.’s and subsidiary (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 13, 2008

 

Annual Report 2007 | OceanFirst Financial Corp . (OCFC) | 39

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

OceanFirst Financial Corp.:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-141746) on Form S-8, pertaining to the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, in the registration statement (No. 333-42088) on Form S-8, pertaining to the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan, in the registration statement (No. 333-34143) on Form S-8, pertaining to the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan, and in the registration statement (No. 333-34145) on Form S-8, pertaining to the Retirement Plan for OceanFirst Bank, of OceanFirst Financial Corp., of our reports dated March 13, 2008, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, which reports are incorporated by reference in the December 31, 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K of OceanFirst Financial Corp.

KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey

March 13, 2008

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

I, John R. Garbarino, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; and

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 17, 2008  

/s/ John R. Garbarino

  John R. Garbarino
  Chief Executive Officer
  (principal executive officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

I, Michael J. Fitzpatrick certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; and

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 17, 2008  

/s/ Michael J. Fitzpatrick

  Michael J. Fitzpatrick
  Chief Financial Officer
  (principal financial officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350

In connection with the Annual Report of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as added by §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period covered by the Report.

 

/s/ John R. Garbarino

John R. Garbarino
Chief Executive Officer
March 17, 2008

/s/ Michael J. Fitzpatrick

Michael J. Fitzpatrick
Chief Financial Officer
March 17, 2008